TW201741348A - Protective film forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film - Google Patents

Protective film forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201741348A
TW201741348A TW106113475A TW106113475A TW201741348A TW 201741348 A TW201741348 A TW 201741348A TW 106113475 A TW106113475 A TW 106113475A TW 106113475 A TW106113475 A TW 106113475A TW 201741348 A TW201741348 A TW 201741348A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
film
meth
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW106113475A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI770021B (en
Inventor
米山裕之
稻男洋一
小橋力也
Original Assignee
琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW201741348A publication Critical patent/TW201741348A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI770021B publication Critical patent/TWI770021B/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/16Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin specially treated, e.g. irradiated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J3/00Processes of treating or compounding macromolecular substances
    • C08J3/24Crosslinking, e.g. vulcanising, of macromolecules
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/50Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326, e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
    • H01L21/56Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulation layers, coatings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/326Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for bonding electronic components such as wafers, chips or semiconductors

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)

Abstract

A protective film forming film of the present application is an energy beam-curable film. When the protective film forming film is irradiated with an energy beam and thereby a protective film is formed, the tension elastic modulus of the protective film is 1*10<SP>8</SP>Pa or greater. A composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present application includes a supporting sheet and the protective film forming film on the supporting sheet. When the protective film forming film is irradiated with the energy beam and thereby the protective film is formed, the adhesive force between the protective film and the supporting sheet is 50 to 1500mN/25mm.

Description

保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片 Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet

本發明係關於一種保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片。 The present invention relates to a film for forming a protective film and a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

本申請案主張基於2016年4月28日在日本提出申請之日本特願2016-092015號的優先權,並將該申請案的內容引用至本文中。 The priority of the Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-092015, filed on Jan. 28,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

近年來,業界使用稱為所謂倒裝(face down)方式之安裝方法製造半導體裝置。倒裝方式中,使用於電路面上具有凸塊等電極之半導體晶片,將前述電極與基板接合。因此,有時半導體晶片中的與電路面為相反側的背面裸露。 In recent years, the industry has manufactured semiconductor devices using a mounting method called a so-called face down method. In the flip chip method, a semiconductor wafer having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to the substrate. Therefore, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer opposite to the circuit surface may be exposed.

有時於該裸露之半導體晶片的背面,形成含有有機材料之樹脂膜作為保護膜,從而以附有保護膜的半導體晶片之形式組入至半導體裝置中。保護膜係用以防止在切割步驟或封裝之後半導體晶片產生龜裂。 A resin film containing an organic material is sometimes formed as a protective film on the back surface of the bare semiconductor wafer, and incorporated into the semiconductor device in the form of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. The protective film is used to prevent cracking of the semiconductor wafer after the cutting step or packaging.

為了形成此種保護膜,例如使用保護膜形成用複合片,該保護膜形成用複合片係於支持片上具備用以形成保護膜之保護膜形成用膜。保護膜形成用複合片中,可使保護膜形成用膜藉由硬化而形成保護膜,進而可利用支持片作為切割片,從而可製成保護膜形成用膜與切割片形成為一體之保護膜形成用複合片。 In order to form such a protective film, for example, a composite sheet for forming a protective film is used, and the composite sheet for forming a protective film is provided with a film for forming a protective film for forming a protective film. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the film for forming a protective film can be formed into a protective film by curing, and the support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet, whereby the protective film can be formed into a protective film integrally formed with the dicing sheet. A composite sheet for forming.

作為此種保護膜形成用複合片,例如此前主要利用具備熱硬化性之保護膜形成用膜之保護膜形成用複合片,前述熱硬化性之保護膜形成用膜藉由利用加熱進行硬化而形成保護膜。該情形時,例如,於半導體晶圓的背面(與電極形成面為相反側的面),藉由熱硬化性之保護膜形成用膜,貼附保護膜形成用複合片後,藉由加熱使保護膜形成用膜硬化而成為保護膜,藉由切割將半導體晶圓連同保護膜一起分割而製成半導體晶片。然後,將半導體晶片保持貼附有該保護膜之狀態不變地自支持片拉離而進行拾取。另外,亦存在保護膜形成用膜之硬化及切割以與此相反之順序進行之情況。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, for example, a composite sheet for forming a protective film having a film for forming a protective film having thermosetting properties is mainly used, and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is formed by curing by heating. Protective film. In this case, for example, on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the surface on which the electrode is formed), the film for forming a protective film by thermosetting is attached, and then the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached, and then heated. The film for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film, and the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film by dicing to form a semiconductor wafer. Then, the semiconductor wafer is pulled away from the support sheet while being attached to the protective film, and picked up. Further, there is a case where the curing and cutting of the film for forming a protective film are performed in the reverse order.

但是,熱硬化性之保護膜形成用膜之加熱硬化通常需要數小時左右之長時間,因此期望縮短硬化時間。針對上述情況,業界正研究將可藉由照射紫外線等能量線而硬化之保護膜形成用膜用於形成保護膜。例如,揭示有:形成於剝離膜上之能量線硬化型保護膜(參照專利文獻1);可 形成高硬度且對半導體晶片之密接性優異之保護膜之能量線硬化型晶片保護用膜(參照專利文獻2)。 However, since the heat curing of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film usually takes about several hours, it is desirable to shorten the curing time. In view of the above, the industry is investigating a film for forming a protective film which can be cured by irradiation with an energy ray such as ultraviolet rays for forming a protective film. For example, an energy ray-curable protective film formed on a release film is disclosed (refer to Patent Document 1); An energy ray-curable wafer protective film which forms a protective film having high hardness and excellent adhesion to a semiconductor wafer (see Patent Document 2).

另一方面,對於半導體晶圓,通常,對作為保護膜形成用膜之貼附對象之背面進行研削,以厚度成為目標值之方式進行調節。結果為,半導體晶片於背面具有該研削之痕跡(研削痕跡)。對此,對於保護膜有時亦要求提高半導體晶片的外觀,以視認不到半導體晶片的該背面的研削痕跡。 On the other hand, in the semiconductor wafer, the back surface to be attached to the film for forming a protective film is usually ground and adjusted so that the thickness becomes a target value. As a result, the semiconductor wafer has the trace of the grinding (grinding trace) on the back surface. On the other hand, in the case of the protective film, it is also required to improve the appearance of the semiconductor wafer so that the grinding marks on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer are not recognized.

進而,對於保護膜,通常,對該保護膜中的與對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附面為相反側的面(換言之,與支持片相對向之面),藉由照射雷射光而實施印字(本說明書中,有時稱為「雷射印字」)。並且,對於保護膜有時亦要求印字視認性優異。於保護膜形成用膜為能量線硬化性之情形時,有時亦於保護膜形成用膜之階段,而並非保護膜之階段,實施雷射印字。 Further, in the protective film, generally, a surface on the opposite side to the surface to which the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer is bonded (in other words, a surface facing the support sheet) is irradiated with laser light. Printing (in this manual, sometimes referred to as "laser printing"). Further, the protective film is also required to have excellent print visibility. When the film for forming a protective film is in an energy ray-curable property, laser printing may be performed at the stage of the film for forming a protective film, not at the stage of the protective film.

如此,保護膜及保護膜形成用膜一般含有著色劑,以提高半導體晶片的外觀,使施加於自身之印字的視認性優異。 As described above, the protective film and the film for forming a protective film generally contain a coloring agent to improve the appearance of the semiconductor wafer and to improve the visibility of the printing applied to itself.

但是,對含有著色劑之保護膜形成用膜照射能量線而形成保護膜時,因著色劑之影響,越接近保護膜形成用膜對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附面之區域,所照射之能量線越難以到達。結果為,典型而言,所形成之保護膜中, 於能量線之照射源側,亦即接近與支持片相對向之面之區域,硬化度變高,於能量線之照射源側的相反側,亦即接近對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附面之區域,硬化度變低。如此,若於保護膜的厚度方向產生硬化度之差異,則將該附有保護膜的半導體晶片利用以銷所致使之頂出方式自支持片拉離而進行拾取時,於保護膜中的與支持片相對向之面殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡。若殘存此種頂出痕跡,則有時施加於同一面之雷射印字的視認性降低。 However, when a protective film is formed by irradiating an energy ray to a film for forming a protective film containing a coloring agent, the effect is closer to the area of the surface on which the protective film forming film is attached to the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer due to the influence of the coloring agent. The more difficult it is to reach the energy line. As a result, typically, in the formed protective film, On the side of the illumination source, that is, in the region close to the surface opposite to the support sheet, the degree of hardening becomes higher, on the opposite side of the illumination source side of the energy line, that is, close to the attachment of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer. In the area of the face, the degree of hardening becomes lower. When the difference in the degree of hardening occurs in the thickness direction of the protective film, the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is removed from the support sheet by the pin by the pin, and the film is picked up in the protective film. The supporting piece remains opposite to the surface to be pinned out by the pin. If such an erection trace remains, the visibility of the laser print applied to the same surface may be lowered.

對此,專利文獻1中所揭示之能量線硬化型保護膜、專利文獻2中所揭示之能量線硬化型晶片保護用膜均未以抑制此種以銷所致使之頂出痕跡殘存作為目的。 On the other hand, the energy ray-curable protective film disclosed in Patent Document 1 and the energy ray-curable wafer protective film disclosed in Patent Document 2 are not intended to suppress such a pin-out caused by a pin.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本特開第5144433號公報。 Patent Document 1: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 5144433.

專利文獻2:日本特開2010-031183號公報。 Patent Document 2: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2010-031183.

本發明之目的在於提供一種能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜及具備前述膜之保護膜形成用複合片,前述能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜可於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面形成保護膜,即便含有著色劑,利用以銷所致使 之頂出方式拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片時,亦可抑制於保護膜的表面殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡。 An object of the present invention is to provide an energy ray-curable protective film forming film and a protective film forming composite sheet comprising the same, wherein the energy ray-curable protective film forming film can be on the back side of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer. Forming a protective film, even if it contains a coloring agent, When the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is picked up by the ejector method, it is also possible to suppress the surface of the protective film from remaining on the surface of the protective film.

本發明提供一種保護膜形成用膜,為能量線硬化性,前述保護膜形成用膜被照射能量線而成為保護膜時,前述保護膜的拉伸彈性率為1×108Pa以上。 The present invention provides a film for forming a protective film which is energy ray-curable, and when the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with an energy ray to form a protective film, the tensile modulus of the protective film is 1 × 10 8 Pa or more.

本發明之保護膜形成用膜中,前述保護膜的蕭氏D硬度可為55以上。 In the film for forming a protective film of the present invention, the protective film may have a Shore D hardness of 55 or more.

另外,本發明提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,具備支持片,於前述支持片上具備前述保護膜形成用膜,前述保護膜形成用膜被照射能量線而成為保護膜時,前述保護膜與前述支持片之間的黏著力為50mN/25mm至1500mN/25mm。 Moreover, the present invention provides a composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising: a support sheet, wherein the protective film forming film is provided on the support sheet, and the protective film forming film is irradiated with an energy ray to form a protective film, and the protective film and the The adhesion between the support sheets is 50mN/25mm to 1500mN/25mm.

藉由使用本發明之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,可於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面形成保護膜,即便保護膜形成用膜含有著色劑,拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片時,亦可抑制於保護膜的表面殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡。 By using the film for forming a protective film and the film for forming a protective film of the present invention, a protective film can be formed on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer, and the film with the protective film can be picked up even if the film for forming a protective film contains a coloring agent. In the case of a wafer, it is also possible to suppress the surface of the protective film from remaining on the surface of the protective film.

1A、1B、1C、1D、1E‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E‧‧‧ Composite film for protective film formation

10‧‧‧支持片 10‧‧‧Support tablets

10a‧‧‧支持片的表面 10a‧‧‧Surface of the support sheet

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材的表面 11a‧‧‧ Surface of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧Adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 12a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer

13、23‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13, 23‧‧‧film for protective film formation

13a、23a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面(一表面) 13a, 23a‧‧‧ Surface of the film for protective film formation (one surface)

13b‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面(另一表面) 13b‧‧‧ Surface of the film for protective film formation (the other surface)

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Release film

151‧‧‧第1剝離膜 151‧‧‧1st release film

152‧‧‧第2剝離膜 152‧‧‧Second release film

16‧‧‧治具用接著劑層 16‧‧‧Layer layer for fixtures

16a‧‧‧治具用接著劑層的表面 16a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer for the fixture

圖1係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用膜的 一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a film for forming a protective film of the present invention. A cross-sectional view of an embodiment.

圖2係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

圖3係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的另一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

圖4係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的又一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

圖5係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的又一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

圖6係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的又一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

◇保護膜形成用膜 ◇Protective film forming film

本發明之保護膜形成用膜為能量線硬化性,前述保護膜形成用膜被照射能量線而成為保護膜時,前述保護膜的拉伸彈性率為1×108Pa以上。 The film for forming a protective film of the present invention is energy ray-curable, and when the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with an energy ray to form a protective film, the tensile modulus of the protective film is 1 × 10 8 Pa or more.

如後述般,藉由將前述保護膜形成用膜設置於支持片,可構成保護膜形成用複合片。 As described later, the protective film forming film can be formed by providing the film for forming a protective film on the support sheet.

前述保護膜形成用膜藉由照射能量線進行硬化而成為保護膜。該保護膜用以對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面(與電極形成面為相反側的面)進行保護。保護膜形成用膜為軟質,可容易地貼附於貼附對象物。 The film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation with an energy ray to form a protective film. The protective film protects the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode forming surface). The film for forming a protective film is soft and can be easily attached to an attached object.

前述保護膜形成用膜為能量線硬化性,藉此相較於熱硬化性之保護膜形成用膜而言,可藉由短時間內之硬化而形成保護膜。 The film for forming a protective film is energy ray curable, and the protective film can be formed by curing in a short time compared to the film for forming a protective film having thermosetting properties.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「保護膜形成用膜」意指硬化前的保護膜形成用膜,所謂「保護膜」意指保護膜形成用膜硬化後之膜。 In the present specification, the "film for forming a protective film" means a film for forming a protective film before curing, and the term "protective film" means a film obtained by curing a film for forming a protective film.

作為前述保護膜形成用膜,例如可列舉含有後述之能量線硬化性成分(a)之膜,較佳為進而含有著色劑(g)之膜。 The film for forming a protective film is, for example, a film containing an energy ray-curable component (a) to be described later, and preferably a film containing a coloring agent (g).

能量線硬化性成分(a)較佳為未硬化,較佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未硬化且具有黏著性。 The energy ray-curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably adhesive, more preferably uncured and adhesive.

本發明中,所謂「能量線」意指具有能量量子的電磁波或帶電粒子束,作為該能量線的示例,可列舉紫外線、放射線、電子束等。 In the present invention, the "energy line" means an electromagnetic wave or a charged particle beam having an energy quantum, and examples of the energy line include ultraviolet rays, radiation, electron beams, and the like.

紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、融合(Fusion)H型燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源進行照射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等產生之電子束。 The ultraviolet light can be irradiated as an ultraviolet source by using, for example, a high pressure mercury lamp, a Fusion H-type lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, or an LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamp. The electron beam can illuminate an electron beam generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like.

本發明中,所謂「能量線硬化性」意指藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」,意指即便照射能量線亦不硬化之性質。 In the present invention, the term "energy ray hardenability" means a property of being hardened by irradiation with an energy ray, and "non-energy ray curability" means a property that does not harden even when irradiated with an energy ray.

對本發明之保護膜形成用膜照射能量線而獲得之保護膜的拉伸彈性率(楊氏率)為1×108Pa以上,較佳為1.3×108Pa以上,更佳為1.6×108Pa以上,尤佳為1.9×108Pa以上。藉由前述保護膜的拉伸彈性率為前述下限值以上,抑制保護膜中殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效變高。 The tensile modulus (Young's modulus) of the protective film obtained by irradiating the energy-shielding film of the film for forming a protective film of the present invention is 1 × 10 8 Pa or more, preferably 1.3 × 10 8 Pa or more, more preferably 1.6 × 10 8 Pa or more, particularly preferably 1.9 × 10 8 Pa or more. When the tensile modulus of the protective film is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of suppressing the occurrence of the ejector marks by the pin remaining in the protective film is suppressed.

另一方面,前述保護膜的拉伸彈性率的上限值並無特別限定。例如,前述保護膜的拉伸彈性率可為6×109Pa以下、5.7×109Pa以下、及5.4×109Pa以下之任一者。該等上限值為較佳的一例。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the tensile modulus of the protective film is not particularly limited. For example, the tensile modulus of the protective film may be 6 × 10 9 Pa or less, 5.7 × 10 9 Pa or less, and 5.4 × 10 9 Pa or less. These upper limit values are preferred examples.

前述保護膜的拉伸彈性率可依據JIS K7161:1994進行測定。 The tensile modulus of the protective film can be measured in accordance with JIS K7161:1994.

前述保護膜的拉伸彈性率例如可藉由調節保護膜形成用膜的含有成分的種類及量等而適宜調節。 The tensile modulus of the protective film can be appropriately adjusted by, for example, adjusting the type and amount of the component contained in the film for forming a protective film.

例如,保護膜形成用膜的含有成分的種類及量可藉由後述之保護膜形成用組成物的含有成分的種類及量而調節。並且,藉由調節保護膜形成用組成物的含有成分中,例如能量線硬化性成分(a2)的種類及含量,可更容易地調節保護膜的拉伸彈性率。 For example, the type and amount of the component contained in the film for forming a protective film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film forming composition to be described later. Further, by adjusting the type and content of the energy ray-curable component (a2) in the component of the composition for forming a protective film, the tensile modulus of the protective film can be more easily adjusted.

對本發明之保護膜形成用膜照射能量線而獲得之保護膜的蕭氏D硬度較佳為55以上,更佳為58以上,尤 佳為62以上。藉由保護膜的蕭氏D硬度為前述下限值以上,保護膜不易發生塑性變形,利用以銷所致使之頂出方式拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片時,抑制於保護膜的表面殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效變得更高。 The Shore D hardness of the protective film obtained by irradiating the energy-shielding film of the film for forming a protective film of the present invention is preferably 55 or more, more preferably 58 or more. Jia is 62 or more. When the Shore D hardness of the protective film is at least the above lower limit value, the protective film is less likely to be plastically deformed, and when the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is picked up by the pin by the pin, the surface of the protective film is prevented from remaining. The effect of the pin on the mark is made higher.

保護膜的蕭氏D硬度的上限值並無特別限定。但是,就抑制保護膜變脆之功效更高,且保護膜的可靠性進一步提高之方面而言,保護膜的蕭氏D硬度較佳為90以下,更佳為80以下,尤佳為70以下。 The upper limit of the Shore D hardness of the protective film is not particularly limited. However, the Shore D hardness of the protective film is preferably 90 or less, more preferably 80 or less, and particularly preferably 70 or less in terms of suppressing the effect of the protective film becoming brittle and further improving the reliability of the protective film. .

就即便以銷所致使之頂出力大,上述之抑制殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效變得更高而言,前述保護膜較佳為蕭氏D硬度為58以上,且拉伸彈性率為1×108Pa以上,更佳為蕭氏D硬度為62以上,且拉伸彈性率為5×109Pa以上。 Even if the ejection force is large due to the pin, the effect of suppressing the residual pin caused by the pin is higher, and the protective film preferably has a Shore D hardness of 58 or more and tensile elasticity. The rate is 1 × 10 8 Pa or more, more preferably the Shore D hardness is 62 or more, and the tensile modulus is 5 × 10 9 Pa or more.

另外,就上述之抑制保護膜變脆之功效更高,且保護膜的可靠性進一步提高而言,前述保護膜較佳為蕭氏D硬度為90以下,且拉伸彈性率為9×1010Pa以下,更佳為蕭氏D硬度為80以下,且拉伸彈性率為5×1010Pa以下。 Further, in view of the above-described effect of suppressing the embrittlement of the protective film to be higher, and further improving the reliability of the protective film, the protective film preferably has a Shore D hardness of 90 or less and a tensile modulus of 9 × 10 10 . Below Pa, it is more preferable that the Shore D hardness is 80 or less and the tensile modulus is 5 × 10 10 Pa or less.

前述保護膜的蕭氏D硬度係以下述方式而獲得之測定值,亦即,將多片保護膜形成用膜於該等的厚度方向上積層,使合計厚度為6mm之保護膜形成用膜之積層物硬化成為保護膜之積層物,針對該保護膜之積層物於23℃下測定蕭氏D硬度。 The Shore D hardness of the protective film is a measured value obtained by laminating a plurality of films for forming a protective film in the thickness direction to form a film for forming a protective film having a total thickness of 6 mm. The laminate was cured to form a laminate of a protective film, and the laminate D of the protective film was measured at 23 ° C for the Shore D hardness.

保護膜形成用膜可僅為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上之多層,於為多層之情形時,該等多層可相互相同亦可不同,該等多層之組合並無特別限定。 The film for forming a protective film may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. When the film is a plurality of layers, the layers may be the same or different, and the combination of the layers is not particularly limited. .

再者,本說明書中,並不限於保護膜形成用膜之情形,所謂「多層可相互相同亦可不同」,意指「可全部層相同,亦可全部層皆不同,還可僅一部分層相同」,另外,所謂「多層相互不同」,意指「各層的構成材料及厚度之至少一者相互不同」。 In the present specification, the present invention is not limited to the case of a film for forming a protective film. The term "multilayers may be the same or different" means that "all layers may be the same, or all layers may be different, and only a part of the layers may be the same. In addition, the phrase "different layers are different from each other" means that "at least one of the constituent materials and thickness of each layer is different from each other".

保護膜形成用膜的厚度較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為5μm至75μm,尤佳為5μm至50μm。藉由保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,可形成保護能力更高的保護膜。另外,藉由保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述上限值以下,可抑制厚度過厚。 The thickness of the film for forming a protective film is preferably from 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably from 5 μm to 75 μm, still more preferably from 5 μm to 50 μm. When the thickness of the film for forming a protective film is at least the above lower limit value, a protective film having a higher protective ability can be formed. In addition, when the thickness of the film for forming a protective film is equal to or less than the above upper limit value, the thickness can be suppressed from being too thick.

此處,所謂「保護膜形成用膜的厚度」意指保護膜形成用膜整體的厚度,例如,所謂由多層構成之保護膜形成用膜的厚度意指構成保護膜形成用膜之全部層的合計厚度。 Here, the "thickness of the film for forming a protective film" means the thickness of the entire film for forming a protective film. For example, the thickness of the film for forming a protective film composed of a plurality of layers means the entire layer of the film for forming a protective film. Total thickness.

關於使保護膜形成用膜硬化而形成保護膜時的硬化條件,只要能使保護膜成為充分發揮該保護膜的功能之程度的硬化度則並無特別限定,可根據保護膜形成用膜的種類適宜選擇。 The curing condition when the film for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film is not particularly limited as long as the protective film can sufficiently exhibit the function of the protective film, and the type of film for forming a protective film can be used. Suitable choice.

例如,保護膜形成用膜之硬化時,能量線之照度較佳為4mW/cm2至280mW/cm2。並且,前述硬化時,能量線之光量較佳為3mJ/cm2至1000mJ/cm2For example, when the film for forming a protective film is cured, the illuminance of the energy ray is preferably from 4 mW/cm 2 to 280 mW/cm 2 . Further, in the hardening, the amount of light of the energy ray is preferably from 3 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .

圖1係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用膜的一實施形態之剖面圖。再者,以下之說明中所使用之圖中,為了易於理解本發明之特徵,方便起見,有時將成為主要部分之部分放大表示,而並不限於各構成要素的尺寸比率等與實際相同。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of a film for forming a protective film of the present invention in a schematic manner. In addition, in the drawings used in the following description, in order to facilitate the understanding of the features of the present invention, it is convenient to show a part that is a main part, and the size ratio of each component is not limited to the actual one. .

此處所示之保護膜形成用膜13於該保護膜形成用膜13的一表面13a上具備第1剝離膜151,於與前述表面13a為相反側的另一表面13b上具備第2剝離膜152。 The film 13 for forming a protective film shown in the present invention includes a first release film 151 on one surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a protective film, and a second release film on the other surface 13b opposite to the surface 13a. 152.

此種保護膜形成用膜13例如適於以捲筒狀進行保管。 Such a film 13 for forming a protective film is suitably stored, for example, in a roll shape.

保護膜形成用膜13可使用後述之保護膜形成用組成物而形成。 The film 13 for forming a protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a protective film to be described later.

硬化後之保護膜形成用膜13(亦即保護膜)的拉伸彈性率為1×108Pa以上。 The tensile modulus of the film 13 for protective film formation (that is, the protective film) after hardening is 1 × 10 8 Pa or more.

第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152均可為公知的剝離膜。 Each of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be a known release film.

第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152可相互相同亦可相 互不同,例如自保護膜形成用膜13剝離時所需之剝離力相互不同等。 The first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be the same or the same The peeling forces required for peeling off from the film 13 for forming a protective film are different from each other, for example.

圖1所示之保護膜形成用膜13係於將第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152之任一者移除所產生之露出面貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。並且,將第1剝離膜151及第2剝離膜152之剩餘之另一者移除所產生之露出面成為支持片之貼附面。 The film 13 for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1 is attached to a back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) on which an exposed surface formed by removing either of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is attached. Further, the exposed surface formed by removing the other of the remaining ones of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 serves as a bonding surface of the support sheet.

<<保護膜形成用組成物>> <<Constituent for forming a protective film>>

保護膜形成用膜可使用含有該保護膜形成用膜的構成材料之保護膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,於保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成保護膜形成用膜。保護膜形成用組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與保護膜形成用膜中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。再者,本說明書中,所謂「常溫」意指不特別冷或特別熱的溫度,亦即平常的溫度,例如可列舉15℃至25℃之溫度等。 The film for forming a protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a protective film containing a constituent material of the film for forming a protective film. For example, a protective film forming composition is applied to the surface to be formed of the film for forming a protective film, and if necessary, it is dried, whereby a film for forming a protective film can be formed at a target portion. The content ratio of the components which are not vaporized at normal temperature in the composition for forming a protective film is usually the same as the content ratio of the components in the film for forming a protective film. In the present specification, the term "normal temperature" means a temperature which is not particularly cold or particularly hot, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 ° C to 25 ° C.

利用公知的方法塗敷保護膜形成用組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈 機、繞線(meyer)棒式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 The protective film-forming composition may be applied by a known method, and examples thereof include the following various coaters: air knife coater, knife coater, bar coater, gravure coater, and roll. Coating machine, roll coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coating Machine, meyer bar coater, contact coater, and the like.

保護膜形成用組成物的乾燥條件並無特別限定,於保護膜形成用組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥。含有溶劑之保護膜形成用組成物較佳為於例如70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying condition of the protective film-forming composition is not particularly limited, and when the protective film-forming composition contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferably heated and dried. The protective film-forming composition containing a solvent is preferably dried at, for example, 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

<保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)> <Construction film forming composition (IV-1)>

作為保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) or the like containing the energy ray-curable component (a) is exemplified as the protective film-forming composition.

[能量線硬化性成分(a)] [Energy line hardening component (a)]

能量線硬化性成分(a)係藉由照射能量線而硬化之成分,該成分用以對保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等。 The energy ray-curable component (a) is a component which is cured by irradiation with an energy ray, and this component is used to impart film-forming property or flexibility to the film for forming a protective film.

作為能量線硬化性成分(a),例如可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)、及具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可至少一部分藉由後述之交聯劑(f)進行交聯亦可不進行交聯。 Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and a compound having an energy ray-curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000. (a2). The polymer (a1) may be crosslinked or crosslinked by at least a part of the crosslinking agent (f) described later.

再者,本說明書中,所謂重量平均分子量,只要無特別說明則意指藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC;Gel Permeation Chromatography)法所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。 In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.

(具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)) (Polymer (a1) having an energy ray-hardening group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000)

作為具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1),例如可列舉丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1),該丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)係丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與能量線硬化性化合物(a12)聚合而成,前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)具有可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之官能基,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)具有與前述官能基反應之基及能量線硬化性雙鍵等能量線硬化性基。 Examples of the polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include an acrylic resin (a1-1), and the acrylic resin (a1-1) is an acrylic polymer (a11). And an energy ray-curable compound (a12) having a functional group reactive with a group of another compound, wherein the energy ray-curable compound (a12) has a functional group An energy ray-curable group such as a reaction group and an energy ray-hardening double bond.

作為可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(胺基的1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之基)、環氧基等。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片等的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 Examples of the functional group which can react with a group of another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, and a substituted amine group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amine group are substituted by a group other than a hydrogen atom) Base), epoxy group, and the like. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

該等之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。 Among these, the above functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.

‧具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11) ‧Acrylic polymer with functional group (a11)

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)例如可列舉:使前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體與前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體進行共聚合而成之聚合物,亦可為除該等單體以外,進而使丙烯酸系單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸系單體)進行共聚合而成之聚合物。 The acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group may, for example, be a polymer obtained by copolymerizing the acrylic monomer having a functional group and the acrylic monomer having no functional group, or may be a polymer. In addition to these monomers, a polymer obtained by copolymerizing a monomer other than the acrylic monomer (non-acrylic monomer) is further used.

另外,前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物, 亦可為嵌段共聚物。 Further, the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer. It can also be a block copolymer.

作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having a functional group include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxyl group-containing monomer, an amine group-containing monomer, a substituted amine group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer. .

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid 3- Hydroxypropyl ester, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl alcohol, A non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohol such as allyl alcohol (an unsaturated alcohol having no (meth) acrylonitrile skeleton) or the like.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);反丁烯二酸、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、檸康酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸之酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the carboxyl group-containing monomer include an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid (such as a monocarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth)acrylic acid or crotonic acid; and fumaric acid and itaconol. An ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid (dicarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as an acid, maleic acid or citraconic acid; an anhydride of the above ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid; 2-carboxyl methacrylate a carboxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as an ester.

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體較佳為含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體,更佳為含羥基之單體。 The acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxyl group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The number of the acrylic monomers having the functional group in the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one or two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. N-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate , isodecyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( Tridecyl methyl methacrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecane (meth) acrylate Alkyl ester (alkyl palmitate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate) Based on a carbon number of 1 to 18 The structure (meth) acrylate and the like.

另外,作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如亦可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包含(甲基)丙烯 酸苯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等之具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性的(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯等非交聯性的具有三級胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Further, examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxylated (meth)acrylate. (A) alkoxyalkyl-containing (meth) acrylate such as ester, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; containing (meth) propylene (meth)acrylate having an aromatic group such as aryl (meth)acrylate; non-crosslinkable (meth)acrylamide and its derivative; (meth)acrylic acid N, A non-crosslinkable (meth) acrylate having a tertiary amino group such as N-dimethylaminoethyl ester or N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The acrylic monomer having no functional group in the acrylic polymer (a11) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected. .

作為前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述非丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The non-acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)中,由具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體衍生之結構單元之量相對於構成該丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之結構單元之總質量的比例(含量)較佳為0.1質量%至50質量%,更佳為1質量%至40質量%,尤佳為3質量%至30質量%。藉由使前述比例為此種範圍,可將由前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之共聚合所獲得之前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中能量線硬化性基的含量容易地調節為使保護膜的硬化程度較佳之範圍。 In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total mass of the structural unit constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferred. It is from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 40% by mass, even more preferably from 3% by mass to 30% by mass. By setting the above ratio to such a range, the energy ray curability of the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) can be obtained. The content of the base is easily adjusted to a range in which the degree of hardening of the protective film is better.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)的含量較佳為1質量%至40質量%,更佳為2質量%至30質量%,尤佳為3質量%至20質量%。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably from 1% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 3% by mass. % to 20% by mass.

‧能量線硬化性化合物(a12) ‧Energy line hardening compound (a12)

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上作為可與前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基反應之基,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基。於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)例如具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基之情形時,該異氰酸酯基容易與前述具有羥基作為官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)的該羥基反應。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group, and a carboxyl group, and is compatible with the acrylic polymer (a11). The group of the functional group reaction is more preferably an isocyanate group as the above group. When the energy ray-curable compound (a12) has, for example, an isocyanate group as the above-mentioned group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as a functional group.

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為於1分子中具有1個至5個前述能量線硬化性基,更佳為具有1個至3個前述能量線硬化性基。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has one to five of the energy ray-curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably has one to three energy ray-curable groups.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12),例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯、間-異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基 苄基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate and m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethyl group. Benzyl isocyanate, methacryl oxime isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1-(bispropenyloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate; by diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound and (methyl) a propylene fluorenyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by the reaction of hydroxyethyl acrylate; a propylene fluorenyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or a polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate Wait.

該等之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯。 Among these, the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected. .

前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中,源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之能量線硬化性基的含量相對於源自前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述官能基的含量之比例較佳為20莫耳%至120莫耳%,更佳為35莫耳%至100莫耳%,尤佳為50莫耳%至100莫耳%。藉由前述含量比例為此種範圍,由硬化所形成之保護膜的接著力變得更大。再者,於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為一官能(於1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值成為100莫耳%,但於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為多官能(於1分子中具有2個以上前述基)化合物之情形時, 前述含量之比例的上限值有時超過100莫耳%。 In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the ratio of the content of the energy ray-curable group derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12) to the content of the aforementioned functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11) It is preferably from 20 mol% to 120 mol%, more preferably from 35 mol% to 100 mol%, still more preferably from 50 mol% to 100 mol%. By the above content ratio being such a range, the adhesion force of the protective film formed by hardening becomes larger. In the case where the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional compound (having one of the above-mentioned groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the ratio of the content is 100 mol%, but the energy is When the linear curable compound (a12) is a compound having two or more compounds (having two or more of the above groups in one molecule), The upper limit of the ratio of the aforementioned content sometimes exceeds 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100000至2000000,更佳為300000至1500000。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aforementioned polymer (a1) is preferably from 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 300,000 to 1,500,000.

於前述聚合物(a1)的至少一部分藉由交聯劑(f)進行交聯之情形時,前述聚合物(a1)可使不符合上述說明之構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之任一單體且具有與交聯劑(f)反應之基之單體進行聚合,在與交聯劑(f)反應之基中進行交聯,亦可在源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之與前述官能基反應之基中進行交聯。 When at least a part of the polymer (a1) is crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f), the polymer (a1) may be any one of the acrylic polymers (a11) which does not conform to the above description. The monomer having a monomer reactive with the crosslinking agent (f) is polymerized, crosslinked in a group reactive with the crosslinking agent (f), or may be derived from the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) Crosslinking is carried out in the group reactive with the aforementioned functional groups.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The polymer (a1) to be contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, these may be used. Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily chosen.

(具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)) (Compound (a2) having an energy ray-hardening group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000)

作為具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)中的前述能量線硬化性基,可列舉包含能量線硬化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳的該基,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。 Examples of the energy ray-curable group in the compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group and having a molecular weight of from 100 to 80,000 include a group containing an energy ray-curable double bond, and preferred examples of the group include (A) Base) acrylonitrile, vinyl, and the like.

若前述化合物(a2)滿足上述條件,則並無特別限定, 可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂等。 When the compound (a2) satisfies the above conditions, it is not particularly limited. Examples thereof include a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray-curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray-curable group, and a phenol resin having an energy ray-curable group.

前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物,例如可列舉多官能之單體或低聚物等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 In the compound (a2), the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray-curable group may, for example, be a polyfunctional monomer or oligomer, and is preferably an acrylate-based compound having a (meth) acrylonitrile group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]茀、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(三環癸烷二羥甲基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;異氰脲 酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、ε-己內酯改性異氰脲酸三-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二-三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯低聚物等。 Examples of the acrylate-based compound include 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and propoxylated ethoxylate. Bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di(methyl) Acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(methyl)propenyloxy) Ethoxy)phenyl]anthracene, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)propenyloxypolypropoxy)phenyl]propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate (three Cyclodecane dimethylol di(meth) acrylate), 1,10-nonanediol di(meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth) acrylate, 1,9- Decanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polybutylene glycol di(methyl) Acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((methyl) ) Eneoxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-1,3-di(methyl) Bifunctional (meth) acrylate such as acryloxypropane; isocyanurate Tris(2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl) acid, ε-caprolactone modified tris-(2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylate Triglyceride (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, di-trimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, ethoxylate a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate such as pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate; A polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomer such as an acrylamide urethane oligomer.

前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂,例如可使用「日本特開2013-194102號公報」中的段落0043等中所記載之樹脂。此種樹脂亦符合構成後述之熱硬化性成分(h)之樹脂,但本發明中視作前述化合物(a2)。 In the above-mentioned compound (a2), as the epoxy resin having an energy ray-curable group or a phenol resin having an energy ray-curable group, for example, paragraph 0043 in "Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-194102" can be used. Resin. Such a resin also conforms to the resin constituting the thermosetting component (h) to be described later, but in the present invention, the compound (a2) is regarded.

前述化合物(a2)的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The protective compound-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. And the ratio can be arbitrarily chosen.

[不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)] [Polymer without energy line hardening group (b)]

於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜含有 前述化合物(a2)作為前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之情形時,較佳為進而亦含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 The protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film are contained. When the compound (a2) is used as the energy ray-curable component (a), it is preferred to further contain a polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.

前述聚合物(b)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑(f)進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 The polymer (b) may be crosslinked at least in part by the crosslinking agent (f) or may not be crosslinked.

作為不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系聚合物、苯氧基樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚酯、橡膠系樹脂、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇(PVA)、丁醛樹脂、聚酯胺基甲酸酯樹脂等。 Examples of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group include an acrylic polymer, a phenoxy resin, a urethane resin, a polyester, a rubber resin, and an urethane urethane resin. , polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resin, polyester urethane resin, and the like.

該等之中,前述聚合物(b)較佳為丙烯酸系聚合物(以下,有時簡稱為「丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)」)。 Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "acrylic polymer (b-1)").

丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)可為公知的聚合物,例如可為1種丙烯酸系單體的均聚物,亦可為2種以上丙烯酸系單體的共聚物,還可為1種或2種以上丙烯酸系單體與1種或2種以上除丙烯酸系單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸系單體)之共聚物。 The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known polymer, and may be, for example, a homopolymer of one type of acrylic monomer, or a copolymer of two or more types of acrylic monomers, or one type or A copolymer of two or more kinds of acrylic monomers and one or more monomers (non-acrylic monomers) other than the acrylic monomers.

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」,如上文所說明。 Examples of the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include an alkyl (meth)acrylate, a (meth)acrylate having a cyclic skeleton, and a glycidyl group (A). Acrylate, hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylate, and the like. Here, the "substituted amine group" is as described above.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. N-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Hexyl ester, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, Isodecyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), (A) Tridecyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, cetyl (meth) acrylate An alkyl group of an alkyl ester such as an ester (palmityl (meth)acrylate), a heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, or an octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate) a chain structure with a carbon number of 1 to 18 Alkyl (meth)acrylate or the like.

作為前述具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate having a cyclic skeleton include (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth)acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate; Arylalkyl (meth)acrylate such as benzyl acrylate; cycloalkenyl (meth) acrylate such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate (meth)acrylic cycloalkenyloxyalkyl ester and the like.

作為前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylate include glycidyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl). 3 - hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.

作為前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate containing a substituted amino group include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) may, for example, be an olefin such as ethylene or norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene or the like.

作為至少一部分藉由交聯劑(f)進行交聯且不具有前述能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:前述聚合物(b)中的反應性官能基與交聯劑(f)反應之聚合物。 As the polymer (b) which is crosslinked by at least a part of the crosslinking agent (f) and does not have the aforementioned energy ray-curable group, for example, a reactive functional group and a crosslinking agent in the above polymer (b) (f) a polymer of the reaction.

前述反應性官能基根據交聯劑(f)之種類等適宜選擇即可,並無特別限定。例如,於交聯劑(f)為多異氰酸酯化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羥基、羧基、胺基等,該等之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基之反應性高之羥基。另外,於交聯劑(f)為環氧系化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羧基、胺基、醯胺基等,該等之中,較佳為與環氧基之反應性高之羧基。但是,就防 止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述反應性官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 The reactive functional group is appropriately selected depending on the type of the crosslinking agent (f), and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, etc., among which, it is preferred to have high reactivity with an isocyanate group. Hydroxyl. In the case where the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound, the reactive functional group may, for example, be a carboxyl group, an amine group or a guanamine group, and among these, it is preferably an epoxy group. A highly reactive carboxyl group. However, just prevent it In terms of circuit corrosion of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer, the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

作為具有前述反應性官能基且不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:至少使具有前述反應性官能基之單體進行聚合而獲得之聚合物。於丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之情形時,作為構成該丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之單體所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體及非丙烯酸系單體的任一者或兩者,使用具有前述反應性官能基之單體即可。作為具有羥基作為反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b),例如可列舉使含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行聚合而獲得之聚合物,除此以外,亦可列舉使上文所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體或非丙烯酸系單體中1個或2個以上氫原子被前述反應性官能基取代而成之單體進行聚合而獲得之聚合物。 The polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and having no energy ray-curable group may, for example, be a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least a monomer having the reactive functional group. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), either or both of the acrylic monomer and the non-acrylic monomer exemplified as the monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) A monomer having the aforementioned reactive functional group may be used. The polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group may, for example, be a polymer obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, and may be exemplified above. A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms of the acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer are substituted with the reactive functional group.

具有反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b)中,由具有反應性官能基之單體衍生之結構單元的量相對於構成該聚合物(b)之結構單元的全部量之比例(含量)較佳為1質量%至25質量%,更佳為2質量%至20質量%。藉由使前述比例為此種範圍,前述聚合物(b)中的交聯程度成為更佳的範圍。 In the aforementioned polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having a reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is higher It is preferably from 1% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 20% by mass. By setting the above ratio to such a range, the degree of crosslinking in the polymer (b) becomes a more preferable range.

就使保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)的造膜性更良好之方面而言,不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的重量平均 分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。 The weight average of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is obtained from the viewpoint that the film forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is further improved. The molecular weight (Mw) is preferably from 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 100,000 to 1,500,000.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. In the case of the case, the combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.

作為保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),可列舉含有前述聚合物(a1)及前述化合物(a2)的任一者或兩者之組成物。並且,於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)含有前述化合物(a2)之情形時,較佳為亦進而含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),該情形時,亦較佳為進而含有前述(a1)。另外,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)亦可不含有前述化合物(a2)且一併含有前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 The composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film includes a composition containing either or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2). In the case where the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it is preferred to further contain the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, and in this case, Further, it further contains the aforementioned (a1). In addition, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may not contain the compound (a2) and may contain the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.

於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)含有前述聚合物(a1)、前述化合物(a2)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,前述化合物(a2)的含量相對於前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份較佳為10質量份至400質量份,更佳為30質量份至350質量份。 When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2), and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition ( In the above IV-1), the content of the compound (a2) is preferably from 10 parts by mass to 400% by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. More preferably, it is 30 mass parts to 350 mass parts.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量相對於溶劑以外的成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成用膜中的前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量)較佳為5質量%至90質量%,更佳為10質量%至80質量%,尤佳為15質量%至70質量%,例如可為5質量%至60質量%及15質量%至50質量%之任一者。藉由前述合計含量的比例為此種範圍,保護膜形成用膜的能量線硬化性變得更良好。 In the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1), the ratio of the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group to the total content of components other than the solvent (that is, the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group in the film for forming a protective film) is preferably from 5% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably It is preferably from 10% by mass to 80% by mass, particularly preferably from 15% by mass to 70% by mass, and may be, for example, from 5% by mass to 60% by mass and from 15% by mass to 50% by mass. When the ratio of the total content is in such a range, the energy ray hardenability of the film for forming a protective film becomes better.

於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中,前述聚合物(b)的含量相對於能量線硬化性成分(a)的含量100質量份較佳為3質量份至500質量份,更佳為6質量份至450質量份。藉由前述聚合物(b)的前述含量為此種範圍,保護膜形成用膜的能量線硬化性變得更良好。 When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) In the film for forming a protective film, the content of the polymer (b) is preferably from 3 parts by mass to 500 parts by mass, more preferably from 6 parts by mass to 6 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable component (a). 450 parts by mass. When the content of the polymer (b) is in such a range, the energy ray hardenability of the film for forming a protective film becomes better.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,除能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)以外,亦可根據目的含有選自由光聚合起始劑(c)、填充材料(d)、偶合劑(e)、交聯劑(f)、著色劑(g)、熱硬化性成分(h)及通用添加劑(z)所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上。 In addition to the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be selected from photopolymerization initiators depending on the purpose. 1 in the group consisting of (c), filler (d), coupler (e), crosslinker (f), colorant (g), thermosetting component (h), and general additive (z) Kind or more than two.

例如,藉由使用含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及熱 硬化性成分(h)之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),所形成之保護膜形成用膜藉由加熱而對被接著體之接著力提高,由該保護膜形成用膜形成之保護膜的強度亦提高。 For example, by using the aforementioned energy ray hardening component (a) and heat The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) of the curable component (h), the film for forming a protective film formed by heating is improved in adhesion to the adherend by heating, and the film for protection film formation is protected. The strength of the film is also increased.

另外,藉由使用含有著色劑(g)之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),最終形成之保護膜可提高半導體晶片的外觀,以視認不到半導體晶片的背面的研削痕跡。進而,此種保護膜中與支持片相對向之面所實施之雷射印字的視認性優異。 Further, by using the protective film forming composition (IV-1) containing the coloring agent (g), the protective film finally formed can improve the appearance of the semiconductor wafer, and the polishing marks on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer can be prevented from being recognized. Further, in the protective film, the laser printing performed on the surface facing the support sheet is excellent in visibility.

[光聚合起始劑(c)] [Photopolymerization initiator (c)]

作為光聚合起始劑(c),例如可列舉:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫化物、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等硫化物化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等噻噸酮化合物;二苯甲酮、2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮、乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯基肟)等二苯甲酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2- 二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;2-氯蒽醌等。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (c) include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin benzoic acid methyl ester, benzoin dimethyl ketal, and the like. Benzoin compounds; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one, etc. Acetophenone compound; fluorenylphosphine oxide compound such as bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)phenylphosphine oxide or 2,4,6-trimethylbenzimidyldiphenylphosphine oxide a sulfonate compound such as benzyl phenyl sulfide or tetramethyl thiuram monosulfide; an α-keto alcohol compound such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; an azo compound such as azobisisobutyronitrile; Isoferrocene compound; thioxanthone compound such as thioxanthone; benzophenone, 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butane Ketones, ethyl ketones, diphenyls such as 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-, 1-(O-ethenylhydrazine) Ketone compound; peroxide compound; diketone compound such as diethyl hydrazine; benzoin; diphenyl oxime; 2,4-diethyl thioxanthone; ,2- Diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]acetone; 2-chloroindole and the like.

另外,作為光聚合起始劑(c),例如亦可使用1-氯蒽醌等醌化合物;胺等光增感劑等。 Further, as the photopolymerization initiator (c), for example, a ruthenium compound such as 1-chloroindole or a photosensitizer such as an amine can be used.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑(c)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be Free to choose.

於使用光聚合起始劑(c)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,光聚合起始劑(c)的含量相對於能量線硬化性化合物(a)的含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至16質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至14質量份。 In the case of using the photopolymerization initiator (c), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) relative to the content of the energy ray-curable compound (a) is 100. The mass part is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.03 part by mass to 16 parts by mass, still more preferably from 0.05 part by mass to 14 parts by mass.

[填充材料(d)] [filler (d)]

藉由保護膜形成用膜含有填充材料(d),容易調整保護膜形成用膜硬化而獲得之保護膜的熱膨脹係數。並且,藉由使該熱膨脹係數對於保護膜之形成對象物而言最適宜,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性進一步提高。另外,藉由保護膜形成用膜含有填充材料(d),可降低保護膜的吸濕率或提高散熱性。 When the film for forming a protective film contains the filler (d), it is easy to adjust the thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film obtained by curing the film for forming a protective film. In addition, the thermal expansion coefficient is most suitable for the object to be formed of the protective film, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. Further, since the film for forming a protective film contains the filler (d), the moisture absorption rate of the protective film can be lowered or the heat dissipation property can be improved.

作為填充材料(d),例如可列舉由導熱性材料構成之材料。 As the filler (d), for example, a material composed of a thermally conductive material can be cited.

填充材料(d)可為有機填充材料及無機填充材料之任一者,較佳為無機填充材料。 The filler (d) may be any of an organic filler and an inorganic filler, and is preferably an inorganic filler.

作為較佳的無機填充材料,例如可列舉:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等的粉末;將該等無機填充材料球形化而成之珠粒;該等無機填充材料的表面改質品;該等無機填充材料的單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 Examples of preferred inorganic fillers include powders of cerium oxide, aluminum oxide, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, iron oxide, tantalum carbide, and boron nitride; and the inorganic fillers are spheroidized. Beads; surface modifiers of such inorganic fillers; single crystal fibers of such inorganic fillers; glass fibers, and the like.

該等之中,無機填充材料較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。 Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably cerium oxide or aluminum oxide.

填充材料(d)的平均粒徑並無特別限定,較佳為0.01μm至20μm,更佳為0.1μm至15μm,尤佳為0.3μm至10μm。藉由填充材料(d)的平均粒徑為此種範圍,可維持對保護膜之形成對象物之接著性,並且可抑制保護膜之光之透過率之降低。 The average particle diameter of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 0.01 μm to 20 μm, more preferably from 0.1 μm to 15 μm, still more preferably from 0.3 μm to 10 μm. When the average particle diameter of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adhesion to the object to be formed of the protective film can be maintained, and the decrease in the transmittance of light of the protective film can be suppressed.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「平均粒徑」只要無特別說明則意指藉由雷射繞射散射法所求出之粒度分佈曲線中累計值50%下的粒徑(D50)之值。 In the present specification, the "average particle diameter" means the value of the particle diameter (D 50 ) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve obtained by the laser diffraction scattering method unless otherwise specified. .

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之填充材料(d)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The filler (d) which is contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used, the combinations thereof may be used. And the ratio can be arbitrarily chosen.

於使用填充材料(d)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物 (IV-1)中,填充材料(d)的含量相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成用膜中的填充材料(d)的含量)較佳為5質量%至83質量%,更佳為7質量%至78質量%,例如可為10質量%至78質量%、20質量%至78質量%、30質量%至78質量%、40質量%至78質量%、及50質量%至78質量%之任一者。藉由使填充材料(d)的含量為此種範圍,更容易調整上述之熱膨脹係數。 When the filler material (d) is used, the protective film forming composition In (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the content of the filler (d) in the film for forming a protective film) is preferably 5 mass. % to 83% by mass, more preferably 7% by mass to 78% by mass, for example, may be 10% by mass to 78% by mass, 20% by mass to 78% by mass, 30% by mass to 78% by mass, and 40% by mass to 78% by mass %, and any of 50% by mass to 78% by mass. By setting the content of the filler (d) to such a range, it is easier to adjust the above thermal expansion coefficient.

[偶合劑(e)] [coupler (e)]

藉由使用具有可與無機化合物或有機化合物反應之官能基之偶合劑作為偶合劑(e),可提高保護膜形成用膜對被接著體之接著性及密接性。另外,藉由使用偶合劑(e),保護膜形成用膜硬化而獲得之保護膜無損耐熱性而耐水性提高。 By using a coupling agent having a functional group reactive with an inorganic compound or an organic compound as the coupling agent (e), the adhesion of the film for forming a protective film to the adherend and the adhesion can be improved. In addition, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the film for protective film formation is not resistant to heat resistance and water resistance is improved.

偶合劑(e)較佳為具有可與能量線硬化性成分(a)、不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)等所具有之官能基反應之官能基之化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group reactive with a functional group having an energy ray-curable component (a) and a polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, and more preferably a decane. Coupling agent.

作為較佳的前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 Preferred examples of the decane coupling agent include 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, and 3-glycidoxypropyl group. Triethoxy decane, 3-glycidoxymethyl diethoxy decane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltrimethyl Oxydecane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxyanthracene Alkyl, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, bis(3-triethoxydecylpropyl)tetrasulfide And methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxydecane, vinyltrimethoxydecane, vinyltriethoxydecane, imidazolium, and the like.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之偶合劑(e)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The coupler (e) contained in the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combination thereof may be used. And the ratio can be arbitrarily chosen.

於使用偶合劑(e)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中,偶合劑(e)的含量相對於能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份較佳為0.03質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.05質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由偶合劑(e)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的以下由使用偶合劑(e)所帶來之功效:填充材料(d)於樹脂中的分散性提高,或保護膜形成用膜與被接著體之接著性提高等。另外,藉由偶合劑(e)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可進一步抑制產生逸氣。 In the case of using the coupling agent (e), the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film have a content of the coupling agent (e) with respect to the energy ray-curable component (a) and The total content of the energy ray-curable group-containing polymer (b) is preferably from 0.03 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.05 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, even more preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the coupling agent (e) is at least the above lower limit value, more remarkable effects by using the coupling agent (e) can be obtained: the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin is improved, or The adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the adherend is improved. Further, when the content of the coupling agent (e) is at most the above upper limit value, generation of outgas can be further suppressed.

[交聯劑(f)] [crosslinking agent (f)]

藉由使用交聯劑(f),使上述之能量線硬化性成分(a) 或不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)進行交聯,可調節保護膜形成用膜的初期接著力及凝聚力。 By using the crosslinking agent (f), the above energy ray hardening component (a) The polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is crosslinked, and the initial adhesion force and cohesive force of the film for forming a protective film can be adjusted.

作為交聯劑(f),例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (f) include an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an organic polyimine compound, a metal chelate crosslinking agent (a crosslinking agent having a metal chelate structure), and an aziridine crosslinking. A reagent (a cross-linking agent having an aziridine group) or the like.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物(以下,有時將該等化合物統一簡稱為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等的三聚物、異氰脲酸酯體及加合物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述「加合物」意指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物,與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫之化合物之反應物。作為前述加合物的示例,可列舉如後述之三羥甲基丙烷之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。另外,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物」,意指具有胺基甲酸酯鍵,並且於分子末端部具有異氰酸酯基之預聚物。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include an aromatic polyisocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyisocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyisocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds may be collectively referred to simply as "aromatic polyisocyanate compounds"). a terpolymer, an isocyanurate body, and an adduct of the above aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound; a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyisocyanate compound or the like with a polyol compound; Wait. The term "adduct" means the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compound, aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, and is contained in ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil. A reactant of a compound of low molecular weight active hydrogen. Examples of the adducts include a benzodimethyl diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane described later. Further, the term "terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer" means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and having an isocyanate group at a terminal portion of the molecule.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇的全部或一部分羥基,加成甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯及苯二甲基二異氰酸酯的任1種或2種以上而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。 As the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-benzenedimethyl diisocyanate; 1,4-dimethylbenzene Isocyanate; diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone Diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; addition of toluene diisocyanate to all or a part of hydroxyl groups of polyhydric alcohols such as trimethylolpropane A compound obtained by using one or more of hexamethylene diisocyanate and benzodimethyl diisocyanate; an isocyanuric acid diisocyanate or the like.

作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。 The organic polyimine compound may, for example, be N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide) or trimethylolpropane-tri-beta-nitrogen. Propidyl propionate, tetramethylolmethane-tri-β-aziridine propionate, N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinecarbamamine) Based on melamine and the like.

於使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(f)之情形時,作為能量線硬化性成分(a)或不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑(f)具有異氰酸酯基,能量線硬化性成分(a)或不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)具有羥基之情形時,藉由交聯劑(f)與能量線硬化性成分(a)或不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)之反應,可將交聯結構簡便地導入至保護膜形成用 膜中。 When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferred to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. . When the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group, and the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking agent (f) and the energy ray are used. The reaction of the curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group can easily introduce the crosslinked structure into the protective film. In the film.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之交聯劑(f)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the crosslinking agent (f) contained in the film for forming a protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, these may be used. Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily chosen.

於使用交聯劑(f)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,交聯劑(f)的含量相對於能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.5質量份至5質量份。藉由使交聯劑(f)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的由使用交聯劑(f)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由使交聯劑(f)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制交聯劑(f)之過量使用。 In the case of using the crosslinking agent (f), in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the crosslinking agent (f) is relative to the energy ray-curable component (a) and has no energy ray hardenability. The total content of the polymer (b) based on 100 parts by mass is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, still more preferably from 0.5 part by mass to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the crosslinking agent (f) is at least the above lower limit value, a more remarkable effect by the use of the crosslinking agent (f) can be obtained. In addition, when the content of the crosslinking agent (f) is at most the above upper limit value, excessive use of the crosslinking agent (f) can be suppressed.

[著色劑(g)] [coloring agent (g)]

作為著色劑(g),例如可列舉:無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知的著色劑。 Examples of the colorant (g) include known coloring agents such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.

作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可列舉:銨系色素、花青系色素、部花青系色素、克酮鎓(croconium)系色素、方酸鎓(squalilium)系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系 色素、靛藍系色素、紫環酮(perinone)系色素、苝系色素、二噁烷系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹啉黃(quinophthalone)系色素、吡咯系色素、硫代靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、次甲基偶氮系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素及士林(threne)系色素等。 Examples of the organic pigment and the organic dye include an ammonium dye, a cyanine dye, a merocyanine dye, a croconium dye, a squalilium dye, and an anthraquinone. Pigment, polymethine dye, naphthoquinone dye, pyranthene dye, phthalocyanine dye, naphthalocyanine dye, naphthalene phthalamide dye, azo dye, condensed azo Pigment, indigo pigment, perinone dye, anthraquinone dye, dioxane dye, quinacridone dye, isoindolinone dye, quinophthalone pigment, pyrrole a coloring matter, a thioindigo blue coloring matter, a metal complex coloring matter (metal stray salt dye), a dithiol metal complex dye, a nonylphenol dye, a triallyl methane dye, or an anthraquinone dye A naphthol-based dye, a methine-azo dye, a benzimidazolone dye, a dermoside-based dye, and a threne-based dye.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide;氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide;氧化銻錫)系色素等。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, a cobalt dye, an iron dye, a chromium dye, a titanium dye, a vanadium dye, a zirconium dye, a molybdenum dye, an anthraquinone dye, a platinum dye, and ITO. (Indium Tin Oxide; indium tin oxide) dye, ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide) pigment, and the like.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之著色劑(g)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The coloring agent (g) contained in the film for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combination thereof may be used. And the ratio can be arbitrarily chosen.

於使用著色劑(g)之情形時,保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(g)的含量根據目的適宜調節即可。例如,有時藉由雷射照射對保護膜實施印字,藉由調節保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(g)的含量,調節保護膜的透光性,可調節印字視認性。該情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,著色劑(g)的含量相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例 (亦即,保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(g)的含量)較佳為0.1質量%至10質量%,更佳為0.4質量%至7.5質量%,尤佳為0.8質量%至5質量%。藉由著色劑(g)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的由使用著色劑(g)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由著色劑(g)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制著色劑(g)之過量使用。 In the case of using the coloring agent (g), the content of the coloring agent (g) in the film for forming a protective film may be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose. For example, printing may be performed on the protective film by laser irradiation, and the transmittance of the protective film may be adjusted by adjusting the content of the coloring agent (g) in the film for forming a protective film, thereby improving the print visibility. In this case, the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all the components other than the solvent in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) (that is, the content of the coloring agent (g) in the film for forming a protective film) is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.4% by mass to 7.5% by mass, even more preferably from 0.8% by mass to 5% by mass. %. When the content of the coloring agent (g) is at least the above lower limit value, a more remarkable effect by the use of the coloring agent (g) can be obtained. In addition, when the content of the coloring agent (g) is at most the above upper limit value, excessive use of the coloring agent (g) can be suppressed.

[熱硬化性成分(h)] [thermosetting component (h)]

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之熱硬化性成分(h)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The thermosetting component (h) to be contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, The combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.

作為熱硬化性成分(h),例如可列舉:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺、聚胺基甲酸酯、不飽和聚酯、聚矽氧樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。 Examples of the thermosetting component (h) include an epoxy thermosetting resin, a thermosetting polyimide, a polyurethane, an unsaturated polyester, a polyoxyl resin, and the like. Epoxy thermosetting resin.

(環氧系熱硬化性樹脂) (epoxy thermosetting resin)

環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(h1)及熱硬化劑(h2)構成。 The epoxy thermosetting resin is composed of an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2).

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, these may be used. The combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.

‧環氧樹脂(h1) ‧Epoxy resin (h1)

作為環氧樹脂(h1),可列舉公知的環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上之環氧化合物。 Examples of the epoxy resin (h1) include known epoxy resins, and examples thereof include polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, and o-cresol novolac epoxy. Two or more epoxy resins such as resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and phenyl skeleton type epoxy resin Compound.

作為環氧樹脂(h1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂相較於不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂而言,與丙烯酸系樹脂之相容性較高。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性提高。 As the epoxy resin (h1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used. The epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group has higher compatibility with the acrylic resin than the epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂的一部分環氧基更換為具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物。此種化合物例如藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物與環氧基進行加成反應而獲得。 Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a compound in which a part of the epoxy group of the polyfunctional epoxy resin is replaced with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound is obtained, for example, by subjecting (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an addition reaction with an epoxy group.

另外,作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:於構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等上直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基之化合物等。 In addition, examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a compound in which a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring or the like constituting the epoxy resin.

不飽和烴基為具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為該不飽和烴基的具體例,可列舉:次乙基(乙烯基)、2-丙烯基(烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,較佳為丙烯醯基。 The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a hypoethyl group (vinyl group), a 2-propenyl group (allyl group), and a (meth) acryl fluorenyl group. The (meth) acrylamide group or the like is preferably an acrylonitrile group.

環氧樹脂(h1)的數量平均分子量並無特別限定,就保護膜形成用膜的硬化性、以及保護膜的強度及耐熱性之方面而言,較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,尤佳為500至3000。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 300 to 30,000, more preferably from 400 to 3, in terms of the curability of the film for forming a protective film and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film. 10,000, especially 500 to 3000.

環氧樹脂(h1)的環氧當量較佳為100g/eq至1000g/eq,更佳為150g/eq至800g/eq。 The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably from 100 g/eq to 1000 g/eq, more preferably from 150 g/eq to 800 g/eq.

環氧樹脂(h1)可單獨使用1種亦可併用2種以上,於併用2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The epoxy resin (h1) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used in combination, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

‧熱硬化劑(h2) ‧Heat hardener (h2)

熱硬化劑(h2)發揮作為針對環氧樹脂(h1)之硬化劑的功能。 The heat hardener (h2) functions as a hardener for the epoxy resin (h1).

作為熱硬化劑(h2),例如可列舉:1分子中具有2個以上可與環氧基反應之官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化而成之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 The thermosetting agent (h2) is, for example, a compound having two or more functional groups reactive with an epoxy group in one molecule. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amine group, a carboxyl group, and a group in which an acid group is anhydride-formed. Preferably, the phenolic hydroxyl group, the amine group, or the acid group is anhydride-treated. More preferably, it is a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amine group.

熱硬化劑(h2)中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可列舉:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等。 In the thermosetting agent (h2), examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include a polyfunctional phenol resin, a biphenol, a novolak type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, and an aralkylphenol. Resin, etc.

熱硬化劑(h2)中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如 可列舉:二氰二胺(以下,有時簡稱為「DICY」)等。 In the heat hardener (h2), as an amine-based hardener having an amine group, for example The dicyandiamide (hereinafter, abbreviated as "DICY") may be mentioned.

熱硬化劑(h2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。 The heat hardener (h2) may also have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑(h2),例如可列舉:酚樹脂的一部分羥基被具有不飽和烴基之基取代而成之化合物、酚樹脂的芳香環上直接鍵結具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物等。 Examples of the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and a group in which an aromatic ring of the phenol resin is directly bonded to have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Compounds and the like.

熱硬化劑(h2)中的前述不飽和烴基與上述之具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂中的不飽和烴基相同。 The aforementioned unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the heat hardener (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

於使用酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(h2)之情形時,就保護膜自支持片之剝離性提高之方面而言,熱硬化劑(h2)較佳為軟化點或玻璃轉移溫度高的酚系硬化劑。 When a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (h2), the thermosetting agent (h2) is preferably a phenol having a softening point or a high glass transition temperature in terms of improving the peeling property of the protective film from the support sheet. A hardener.

熱硬化劑(h2)中,例如,多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等樹脂成分的數量平均分子量較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,尤佳為500至3000。 In the thermosetting agent (h2), for example, the resin component such as a polyfunctional phenol resin, a novolac type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene phenol resin, or an aralkyl phenol resin preferably has a number average molecular weight of 300 to 30,000, more preferably Good for 400 to 10,000, especially for 500 to 3000.

熱硬化劑(h2)中,例如,聯苯酚、二氰二胺等非樹脂成分的分子量並無特別限定,例如較佳為60至500。 In the heat curing agent (h2), for example, the molecular weight of the non-resin component such as biphenol or dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, and is, for example, preferably 60 to 500.

熱硬化劑(h2)可單獨使用1種亦可併用2種以上,於併用2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The heat curing agent (h2) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used in combination, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

於使用熱硬化性成分(h)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中,熱硬化劑(h2)的含量相對於環氧樹脂(h1)的含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 In the case of using the thermosetting component (h), the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) relative to the content of the epoxy resin (h1) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film. 100 parts by mass is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass.

於使用熱硬化性成分(h)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中,熱硬化性成分(h)的含量(例如,環氧樹脂(h1)及熱硬化劑(h2)的總含量)相對於不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的含量100質量份較佳為1質量份至500質量份。 When the thermosetting component (h) is used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film (for example, epoxy resin (h1)) The total content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is preferably from 1 part by mass to 500 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.

[通用添加劑(z)] [General Additives (z)]

通用添加劑(z)可為公知的通用添加劑,可根據目的而任意選擇,並無特別限定,作為較佳的通用添加劑,例如可列舉:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑等。 The general-purpose additive (z) can be a known general-purpose additive, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Examples of preferred general-purpose additives include plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, getters, and the like. .

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜所含有之通用添加劑(z)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The general-purpose additive (z) to be contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film may be one or more than two or more. When two or more types are used, the combinations thereof may be used. And the ratio can be arbitrarily chosen.

於使用通用添加劑(z)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及保護膜形成用膜中的通用添加劑(z)的含量並無特別限定,根據目的適宜選擇即可。 In the case of using the general-purpose additive (z), the content of the general-purpose additive (z) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

[溶劑] [solvent]

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)較佳為進而含有溶劑。含有溶劑之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)的操作性良好。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The handling property (IV-1) for forming a protective film containing a solvent is excellent in handleability.

前述溶劑並無特別限定,作為較佳的前述溶劑,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 The solvent is not particularly limited, and examples of preferred solvents include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1 - an alcohol such as butanol; an ester such as ethyl acetate; a ketone such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone; an ether such as tetrahydrofuran; a decylamine such as dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone (a compound having a guanamine bond) )Wait.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

就可將保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中的含有成分更均勻地混合之方面而言,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑較佳為甲基乙基酮、甲苯或乙酸乙酯等。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone, in that the component contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is more uniformly mixed. , toluene or ethyl acetate.

<<保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> <<Method for Producing Composition for Protective Film Formation>>

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等保護膜形成用組成物係藉由將用以構成該保護膜形成用組成物之各成分加以調配而獲得。 The protective film forming composition such as the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is obtained by blending the components constituting the protective film-forming composition.

調配各成分時的添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用,亦即,將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用,亦即,不將溶劑以 外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合。 When a solvent is used, it can be used by mixing a solvent with any of the formulation components other than the solvent to preliminarily dilute the formulation component; or by using the following method, that is, not Put the solvent in Any of the other ingredients are pre-diluted to mix the solvent with the ingredients.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;以及施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing the components at the time of preparation is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by stirring a stirring blade or a stirring blade, a method of mixing using a mixer, and applying ultrasonic waves. The method of mixing, etc.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time when the components are added and mixed are not particularly limited as long as the respective components are not deteriorated, and may be appropriately adjusted, and the temperature is preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.

就與後述之本發明之保護膜形成用複合片同樣地貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片中的與電路面為相反側的背面而作為於支持片上具備顯示接著性之層之複合片而言,已知存有切晶黏晶片。 In the same manner as the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention to be described later, it is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer opposite to the circuit surface, and is used as a composite sheet having a layer exhibiting adhesion on the support sheet. It is known that a crystal-cut wafer is present.

但是,切晶黏晶片所具備之接著劑層係發揮以下功能,亦即,與半導體晶片一起自支持片拾取後,發揮作為將該半導體晶片安裝於基板、引線框架、或其他半導體晶片等時的接著劑之功能。另一方面,關於本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成用膜,就與半導體晶片一起自支持片拾取之方面而言與前述接著劑層相同,但最終藉由硬化而成為保護膜,具有保護經貼附之半導體晶片的背面之功能。如此,本發明中的保護膜形成用膜的用途與切晶黏晶片中的接著劑層不同,當然所要求之性能亦不同。並且,反映該用途之差異,通常,若與切晶黏晶片中的接 著劑層進行比較,則保護膜形成用膜存在較硬之傾向。通常難以將切晶黏晶片中的接著劑層直接轉用作保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成用膜。 However, the adhesive layer provided in the diced wafer has a function of being mounted on a substrate, a lead frame, or another semiconductor wafer after being picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor wafer. The function of the agent. On the other hand, the film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is the same as the above-mentioned adhesive layer in terms of picking up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor wafer, but is finally protected by curing. The film has the function of protecting the back side of the attached semiconductor wafer. As described above, the use of the film for forming a protective film in the present invention is different from that of the adhesive layer in the diced bonded wafer, and of course the required performance is also different. And, reflecting the difference in the use, usually, if it is connected to a crystal-cut wafer When the coating layer is compared, the film for forming a protective film tends to be hard. It is generally difficult to directly convert the adhesive layer in the die-cut wafer to the film for forming a protective film in the composite sheet for forming a protective film.

◇保護膜形成用膜的製造方法 Method for producing ruthenium film for protective film formation

本發明之保護膜形成用膜可藉由下述方式而製造,亦即,於剝離膜(較佳為該剝離膜的剝離處理面)上塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,視需要使之乾燥。 The film for forming a protective film of the present invention can be produced by applying a composition for forming a protective film to a release film (preferably, a release-treated surface of the release film), and drying it as necessary.

再者,保護膜形成用膜例如如圖1所示般,通常以於該保護膜形成用膜的雙面貼合有剝離膜之狀態保管。因此,於如上所述般形成於剝離膜上之保護膜形成用膜的露出面(與具備剝離膜之側為相反側的面),進而貼合剝離膜(較佳為該剝離膜的剝離處理面)即可。 In the film for forming a protective film, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, the film for protective film formation is usually stored in a state in which a peeling film is bonded to both surfaces of the film. Therefore, the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film formed on the release film as described above (the surface opposite to the side on which the release film is provided) is bonded to the release film (preferably, the release treatment of the release film) Face).

◇保護膜形成用膜的使用方法 Method for using ◇ protective film forming film

如上所述,藉由將本發明之保護膜形成用膜設置於支持片,可構成保護膜形成用複合片。保護膜形成用複合片係藉由該保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的背面(與電極形成面為相反側的面)而使用。以下,利用與後述之保護膜形成用複合片之情形相同的方法,進行切割、附有保護膜的半導體晶片之拾取等,製造目標半導體裝置即可。 As described above, by providing the film for forming a protective film of the present invention on the support sheet, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can be formed. The composite sheet for forming a protective film is used by attaching a film for forming a protective film to the composite sheet for forming a protective film to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode forming surface). In the same manner as in the case of the composite sheet for forming a protective film to be described later, the dicing, the pick-up of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film, and the like can be performed, and the target semiconductor device can be manufactured.

另一方面,本發明之保護膜形成用膜亦可先設置於半 導體晶圓的背面,而並非設置於支持片。亦即,將保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的背面。繼而,對保護膜形成用膜照射能量線,使保護膜形成用膜硬化而成為保護膜。繼而,於該保護膜的露出面(與貼附於半導體晶圓之側為相反側的面)貼合支持片,藉此製成保護膜形成用膜成為保護膜之狀態之保護膜形成用複合片。以下,與上述同樣地,進行切割、附有保護膜的半導體晶片之拾取等,製造目標半導體裝置即可。 On the other hand, the film for forming a protective film of the present invention may be first set in half. The back side of the conductor wafer is not placed on the support sheet. That is, the film for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. Then, the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with an energy ray, and the film for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film. Then, the support sheet is bonded to the exposed surface of the protective film (the surface opposite to the side attached to the semiconductor wafer), thereby forming a composite film for forming a protective film. sheet. In the same manner as described above, the target semiconductor device can be manufactured by performing dicing, picking up of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film, and the like.

再者,本文對使保護膜形成用膜硬化而成為保護膜後,將該保護膜與支持片貼合之情形進行了說明,但於使用本發明之保護膜形成用膜之情形時,進行該等步驟之順序亦可相反。亦即,將保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的背面後,於保護膜形成用膜的露出面(與貼附於半導體晶圓之側為相反側的面)貼合支持片,藉此製成保護膜形成用膜為未硬化之狀態之保護膜形成用複合片。繼而,對保護膜形成用膜照射能量線,使保護膜形成用膜硬化而成為保護膜。以下,與上述同樣地,進行切割、附有保護膜的半導體晶片之拾取等,製造目標半導體裝置即可。 In the case where the film for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film, the protective film is bonded to the support sheet. However, when the film for forming a protective film of the present invention is used, the film is used. The order of the steps can be reversed. In other words, after the film for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, the support sheet is bonded to the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film (the surface opposite to the side attached to the semiconductor wafer). Thus, the film for forming a protective film is a composite sheet for forming a protective film in an unhardened state. Then, the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with an energy ray, and the film for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film. In the same manner as described above, the target semiconductor device can be manufactured by performing dicing, picking up of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film, and the like.

◇保護膜形成用複合片 复合Protective film forming composite sheet

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片具備支持片,於前述支持片上具備前述保護膜形成用膜,且前述保護膜形成用膜被照射能量線而成為保護膜時,前述保護膜與前述支持片 之間的黏著力為50mN/25mm至1500mN/25mm。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention includes a support sheet, and the protective film forming film is provided on the support sheet, and when the protective film forming film is irradiated with an energy ray to form a protective film, the protective film and the support sheet are provided. The adhesion between the two is 50mN/25mm to 1500mN/25mm.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片被預先賦予作為切割片之功能。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is previously provided with a function as a dicing sheet.

前述保護膜形成用複合片藉由使保護膜的拉伸彈性率為前述範圍內且保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力為前述範圍內,故即便保護膜形成用膜含有著色劑,仍使抑制保護膜中的與支持片相對向之面中殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效變高。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, when the tensile modulus of the protective film is within the above range and the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet is within the above range, even if the film for forming a protective film contains a coloring agent, The effect of suppressing the ejector marks caused by the pin remaining in the surface of the protective film opposite to the support sheet is suppressed.

本發明中,即便於保護膜形成用膜硬化後,只要維持支持片及保護膜形成用膜之硬化物(換言之,支持片及保護膜)之積層結構,則仍將該積層結構體稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。 In the present invention, even after the film for forming a protective film is cured, if the laminated structure of the cured film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) of the support sheet and the film for forming a protective film is maintained, the laminated structure is referred to as " A composite sheet for forming a protective film.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力為50mN/25mm至1500mN/25mm,較佳為50mN/25mm至1450mN/25mm,更佳為50mN/25mm至1400mN/25mm,例如可為50mN/25mm至1350mN/25mm、50mN/25mm至1300mN/25mm、及50mN/25mm至1250mN/25mm之任一者。藉由保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力為前述下限值以上,於形成保護膜後至拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片之期間,可以支持片狀穩定地保持保護膜。另外,藉由使保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力為前述上 限值以下,則利用以銷所致使之頂出方式拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片時,即便輕輕地頂出亦可容易地拾取,因此抑制保護膜中殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效變高。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet is from 50 mN/25 mm to 1500 mN/25 mm, preferably from 50 mN/25 mm to 1450 mN/25 mm, more preferably from 50 mN/25 mm to 1400 mN/ 25 mm, for example, may be any of 50 mN/25 mm to 1350 mN/25 mm, 50 mN/25 mm to 1300 mN/25 mm, and 50 mN/25 mm to 1250 mN/25 mm. By the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet being at least the above lower limit value, the protective film can be stably held in a sheet shape after the protective film is formed and the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is picked up. In addition, by making the adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet the aforementioned When the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is picked up by the pin by the pin, the film can be easily picked up even if it is gently ejected. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the remaining marks in the protective film from being caused by the pin. The effect becomes higher.

保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力可利用以下之方法進行測定。 The adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet can be measured by the following method.

亦即,將寬度為25mm且長度為任意之保護膜形成用複合片藉由該保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附於被接著體。 In other words, the composite sheet for forming a protective film having a width of 25 mm and having a predetermined length is attached to the adherend by the film for forming a protective film of the composite sheet for forming a protective film.

繼而,照射能量線而使保護膜形成用膜硬化,形成保護膜後,自貼附於被接著體之該保護膜將支持片以剝離速度300mm/min剝離。此時的剝離係設為以下所謂180°剝離:以保護膜及支持片相互接觸之面彼此成為180°之角度之方式,使支持片沿該支持片的長度方向(保護膜形成用複合片的長度方向)剝離。並且,測定該180°剝離時的荷重(剝離力),將該荷重(剝離力)的測定值設為前述黏著力(mN/25mm)。 Then, the film for forming a protective film was cured by irradiation with an energy ray, and after the protective film was formed, the support sheet was peeled off at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min from the protective film attached to the adherend. In this case, the peeling system is a so-called 180° peeling in which the surface of the protective film and the support sheet are in contact with each other at an angle of 180°, and the support sheet is along the longitudinal direction of the support sheet (the composite sheet for forming a protective film) Stripped in the length direction. Then, the load (peeling force) at the time of 180° peeling was measured, and the measured value of the load (peeling force) was defined as the above-described adhesive force (mN/25 mm).

供於測定之保護膜形成用複合片的長度只要為可穩定地檢測出黏著力之範圍,則並無特別限定,較佳為100mm至300mm。另外,較佳為於測定時,使保護膜形成用複合片成為貼附於被接著體之狀態,使保護膜形成用複合片的貼附狀態穩定化。 The length of the composite sheet for forming a protective film to be measured is not particularly limited as long as it is a range in which the adhesive force can be stably detected, and is preferably 100 mm to 300 mm. In addition, it is preferable to stabilize the attached state of the composite sheet for forming a protective film by attaching the composite sheet for forming a protective film to the adherend.

本發明中,保護膜形成用膜與支持片之間的黏著力並無特別限定,例如可為80mN/25mm以上等,較佳為100mN/25mm以上,更佳為150mN/25mm以上,尤佳為200mN/25mm以上。藉由前述黏著力為100mN/25mm以上,於切割時,保護膜形成用膜與支持片之剝離得到抑制,例如,背面具備保護膜形成用膜之半導體晶片自支持片之飛散得到抑制。 In the present invention, the adhesive force between the film for forming a protective film and the support sheet is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 80 mN/25 mm or more, preferably 100 mN/25 mm or more, more preferably 150 mN/25 mm or more, and particularly preferably 200mN / 25mm or more. When the adhesive force is 100 mN/25 mm or more, peeling of the film for forming a protective film and the support sheet during dicing is suppressed. For example, the scattering of the semiconductor wafer having the film for forming a protective film on the back surface from the support sheet is suppressed.

另一方面,保護膜形成用膜與支持片之間的黏著力的上限值並無特別限定。例如,前述黏著力可為4000mN/25mm以下、3500mN/25mm以下、3000mN/25mm以下等之任一者。但是,該等上限值僅為較佳的一例。 On the other hand, the upper limit of the adhesive force between the film for forming a protective film and the support sheet is not particularly limited. For example, the adhesion may be any of 4000 mN/25 mm or less, 3500 mN/25 mm or less, and 3000 mN/25 mm or less. However, these upper limit values are only a preferred example.

關於保護膜形成用膜與支持片之間的黏著力,除不藉由照射能量線而使供於測定之保護膜形成用膜硬化之方面以外,可利用與上述之保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力相同的方法進行測定。 The adhesion between the film for forming a protective film and the support sheet can be utilized between the protective film and the support sheet described above, except that the film for protective film formation for measurement is not cured by irradiation of the energy ray. The same method of adhesion is used for the measurement.

關於上述之保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力、及保護膜形成用膜與支持片之間的黏著力,例如可藉由調節保護膜形成用膜的含有成分的種類及量、支持片中的設置保護膜形成用膜之層的構成材料、該層的表面狀態等而適宜調節。 The adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet and the adhesive force between the film for forming a protective film and the support sheet can be adjusted, for example, by the type and amount of the component contained in the film for forming a protective film, and in the support sheet. The constituent material of the layer of the film for forming a protective film, the surface state of the layer, and the like are appropriately adjusted.

例如,保護膜形成用膜的含有成分的種類及量可藉由 保護膜形成用組成物的含有成分的種類及量而調節。並且,藉由調節保護膜形成用組成物的含有成分中,例如不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的種類及含量、填充材料(d)的含量、或交聯劑(f)的含量,可更容易地調節保護膜或保護膜形成用膜與支持片之間的黏著力。 For example, the kind and amount of the component contained in the film for forming a protective film can be The type and amount of the component contained in the composition for forming a protective film are adjusted. Further, by adjusting the content of the component of the protective film-forming composition, for example, the type and content of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the content of the filler (d), or the crosslinking agent (f) The content of the protective film or the film for forming a protective film and the support sheet can be more easily adjusted.

另外,例如,於支持片中的設置保護膜形成用膜之層為後述之黏著劑層之情形時,黏著劑層的構成材料可藉由調節黏著劑層的含有成分的種類及量而適宜調節。並且,黏著劑層的含有成分的種類及量可藉由後述之黏著劑組成物的含有成分的種類及量而調節。 In the case where the layer of the film for forming a protective film in the support sheet is an adhesive layer to be described later, the constituent material of the adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted by adjusting the kind and amount of the component contained in the adhesive layer. . Further, the type and amount of the component contained in the adhesive layer can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the adhesive composition described later.

另一方面,於支持片中的設置保護膜形成用膜之層為後述之基材之情形時,保護膜或保護膜形成用膜與支持片之間的黏著力除藉由基材的構成材料以外,亦可藉由基材的表面狀態而調節。並且,基材的表面狀態例如可藉由實施後文作為提高基材與其他層之密接性之處理所敘述之表面處理而進行調節,亦即,利用噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧/紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理;底塗處理等任一處理。 On the other hand, when the layer of the film for forming a protective film in the support sheet is a substrate to be described later, the adhesion between the film for forming the protective film or the protective film and the support sheet is divided by the constituent material of the substrate. In addition, it can also be adjusted by the surface state of the substrate. Further, the surface state of the substrate can be adjusted, for example, by a surface treatment described later as a treatment for improving the adhesion between the substrate and the other layer, that is, by roughening treatment such as sand blasting or solvent treatment; Corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone/ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, and the like, and any treatment such as primer treatment.

作為本發明之保護膜形成用複合片之使用對象之半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的厚度並無特別限定,就獲得更顯著的本發明之功效而言,較佳為30μm至1000μm,更佳 為100μm至300μm。 The thickness of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer to be used as the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it is preferably 30 μm to 1000 μm, more preferably 30 μm to 1000 μm, in order to obtain a more remarkable effect of the present invention. It is from 100 μm to 300 μm.

以下,對保護膜形成用複合片之構成進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the configuration of the composite sheet for forming a protective film will be described in detail.

◎支持片 ◎Support film

前述支持片可由1層(單層)構成,亦可由2層以上之多層構成。於支持片由多層構成之情形時,該等多層可相互相同亦可不同,關於該等多層之組合只要無損本發明之功效則並無特別限定。 The support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. In the case where the support sheet is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.

作為較佳的支持片,例如可列舉:於基材上以直接接觸之方式積層黏著劑層而成之支持片、於基材上經由中間層積層黏著劑層而成之支持片、僅由基材構成之支持片等。 Preferred examples of the support sheet include a support sheet in which an adhesive layer is laminated on a substrate in a direct contact manner, and a support sheet formed by laminating an adhesive layer on the substrate. Support sheets for materials.

以下,按照上述支持片之每個種類,一面參照圖式一面說明本發明之保護膜形成用複合片之示例。 Hereinafter, an example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings in accordance with each of the above-mentioned support sheets.

圖2係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

再者,於圖2以後之圖中,對於與既已說明之圖所示相同之構成要素,標附與該已說明之圖之情形相同的元件符號並省略該元件符號的詳細說明。 In the drawings, the same components as those in the above-described drawings are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the detailed description of the component symbols is omitted.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A於基材11上具備黏著劑層12,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜 13。支持片10為基材11及黏著劑層12之積層體,換言之,保護膜形成用複合片1A具有於支持片10的一表面10a上積層有保護膜形成用膜13之構成。另外,保護膜形成用複合片1A進而於保護膜形成用膜13上具備剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown here has an adhesive layer 12 on a substrate 11, and a film for forming a protective film on the adhesive layer 12. 13. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the substrate 11 and the adhesive layer 12, in other words, the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film has a structure in which a film 13 for forming a protective film is laminated on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10. In addition, the protective film forming composite sheet 1A and the protective film forming film 13 are provided with a release film 15 .

保護膜形成用複合片1A中,於基材11的一表面11a積層有黏著劑層12,於黏著劑層12的一表面12a的整個面積層有保護膜形成用膜13,於保護膜形成用膜13的一表面13a的一部分,亦即周緣部附近的區域積層有治具用接著劑層16,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a中未積層治具用接著劑層16之區域及治具用接著劑層16的表面16a(上表面及側面)積層有剝離膜15。 In the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film forming film 13 is formed over the entire surface of one surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 for forming a protective film. A part of one surface 13a of the film 13, that is, a region in the vicinity of the peripheral portion, is laminated with the adhesive layer 16 for the jig, and the region and treatment of the adhesive layer 16 for the jig are not laminated on the surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a protective film. The surface 16a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16 is laminated with a release film 15.

保護膜形成用複合片1A中,硬化後之保護膜形成用膜13(亦即保護膜)與支持片10之間的黏著力,換言之保護膜與黏著劑層12之間的黏著力為50mN/25mm至1500mN/25mm。 In the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film, the adhesion between the cured protective film forming film 13 (i.e., the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer 12 is 50 mN/ 25mm to 1500mN/25mm.

治具用接著劑層16例如可為含有接著劑成分之單層結構,亦可為於成為芯材之片的雙面積層有含有接著劑成分之層之多層結構。 The adhesive adhesive layer 16 may be, for example, a single layer structure containing an adhesive component, or may have a multilayer structure in which a double-layer layer of a core material has a layer containing an adhesive component.

圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A係以下述方式使 用,亦即,在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面,進而,將治具用接著劑層16的表面16a中的上表面貼附於環狀框等治具。 The composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 2 is used in the following manner. In the state where the release film 15 is removed, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a protective film, and the surface of the adhesive layer 16 for the jig is further used. The upper surface of 16a is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

圖3係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的另一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

關於此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B,除不具備治具用接著劑層16之方面以外,與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A相同。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片1B中,於基材11的一表面11a積層有黏著劑層12,於黏著劑層12的表面12a的整個面積層有保護膜形成用膜13,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a的整個面積層有剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 except that the adhesive layer 16 for a jig is not provided. In the composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film forming film 13 is formed on the entire surface of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in the protective film. The entire surface layer of the surface 13a of the film 13 for formation has a release film 15.

圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B係以下述方式使用,亦即,在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a中的中央側的一部分區域貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面,進而,將周緣部附近的區域貼附於環狀框等治具。 The composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 3 is used in such a manner that a part of the central portion of the surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a protective film is attached in a state where the release film 15 is removed. On the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown), a region in the vicinity of the peripheral portion is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

圖4係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的又一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

關於此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1C,除不具備黏著劑層12之方面以外,與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複 合片1A相同。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片1C中,支持片10僅由基材11構成。並且,於基材11的一表面11a(支持片10的一表面10a)積層有保護膜形成用膜13,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a的一部分亦即周緣部附近的區域積層有治具用接著劑層16,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a中未積層治具用接著劑層16之區域及治具用接著劑層16的表面16a(上表面及側面)積層有剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1C for forming a protective film shown here is formed in combination with the protective film shown in Fig. 2 except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. The splicing 1A is the same. In other words, in the composite sheet 1C for forming a protective film, the support sheet 10 is composed only of the substrate 11. In addition, a film for forming a protective film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11 (one surface 10a of the support sheet 10), and a layer is formed in a region near the peripheral portion of the surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a protective film. The adhesive layer 16 is provided with a release film on the surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation in the region where the adhesive layer 16 for the fixture is not laminated and the surface 16a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16 for the fixture. 15.

保護膜形成用複合片1C中,硬化後之保護膜形成用膜13(亦即保護膜)與支持片10之間的黏著力,換言之保護膜與基材11之間的黏著力為50mN/25mm至1500mN/25mm。 In the composite sheet 1C for forming a protective film, the adhesion between the cured protective film forming film 13 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the substrate 11 is 50 mN/25 mm. Up to 1500mN/25mm.

圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片1C係以下述方式使用,亦即,與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A同樣地,在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面,進而,將治具用接著劑層16的表面16a中的上表面貼附於環狀框等治具。 The composite film 1C for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 4 is used in the same manner as in the case of the composite film 1A for protective film formation shown in Fig. 2, in the state where the release film 15 is removed, in the protective film. The back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the surface 13a of the film 13 for forming, and the upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive agent layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

圖5係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的又一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

關於此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1D,除不具備治具用接著劑層16之方面以外,與圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片1C相同。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片1D中, 於基材11的一表面11a積層有保護膜形成用膜13,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a的整個面積層有剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1D for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1C for protective film formation shown in FIG. 4 except that the adhesive layer 16 for a jig is not provided. That is, in the composite sheet 1D for forming a protective film, The protective film formation film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the release film 15 is formed over the entire surface 13a of the protective film formation film 13.

圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片1D係以下述方式使用,亦即,與圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B同樣地,在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a中的中央側的一部分區域貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面,進而,將周緣部附近的區域貼附於環狀框等治具。 The composite film 1D for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 5 is used in the same manner as in the case of the composite film 1B for protective film formation shown in Fig. 3, in the state where the release film 15 is removed, in the protective film. A back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to a partial region on the center side of the surface 13a of the film 13 for forming, and a region near the peripheral portion is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

圖6係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的又一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

關於此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1E,除保護膜形成用膜之形狀不同之方面以外,與圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B相同。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片1E於基材11上具備黏著劑層12,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜23。支持片10為基材11及黏著劑層12之積層體,換言之,保護膜形成用複合片1E具有於支持片10的一表面10a上積層有保護膜形成用膜23之構成。另外,保護膜形成用複合片1E進而於保護膜形成用膜23上具備剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1B for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 except that the shape of the film for forming a protective film is different. In other words, the composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film has the adhesive layer 12 on the substrate 11, and the film 23 for forming a protective film on the adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the substrate 11 and the adhesive layer 12, in other words, the composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film has a structure in which a film 23 for forming a protective film is laminated on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10. In addition, the protective film forming composite sheet 1E and the protective film forming film 23 are provided with a release film 15 .

保護膜形成用複合片1E中,於基材11的一表面11a積層有黏著劑層12,於黏著劑層12的表面12a的一部分亦即中央側的區域積層有保護膜形成用膜23。並且,於 黏著劑層12的表面12a中未積層保護膜形成用膜23之區域及保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a(上表面及側面)上積層有剝離膜15。 In the composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film, an adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a film 23 for forming a protective film is laminated on a central portion of a part of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12. And, in In the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, a release film 15 is laminated on the surface 23a (upper surface and side surface) of the protective film formation film 23 and the surface 23a (upper surface and side surface) of the protective film formation film 23.

自上方往下俯視保護膜形成用複合片1E時,保護膜形成用膜23的表面積小於黏著劑層12且例如具有圓形狀等形狀。 When the protective film forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above, the surface area of the protective film forming film 23 is smaller than the adhesive layer 12 and has a shape such as a circular shape.

保護膜形成用複合片1E中,硬化後之保護膜形成用膜23(亦即保護膜)與支持片10之間的黏著力,換言之保護膜與黏著劑層12之間的黏著力為50mN/25mm至1500mN/25mm。 In the composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film, the adhesion between the cured protective film forming film 23 (i.e., the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer 12 is 50 mN/ 25mm to 1500mN/25mm.

圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片1E係以下述方式使用,亦即,在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面,進而,將黏著劑層12的表面12a中未積層保護膜形成用膜23之區域貼附於環狀框等治具。 The composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 6 is used in such a manner that a semiconductor wafer is attached to the surface 23a of the film 23 for forming a protective film in a state where the release film 15 is removed (illustration omitted) In the back surface of the adhesive layer 12, the region of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in which the protective film formation film 23 is not laminated is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

再者,圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片1E中,亦可於黏著劑層12的表面12a中未積層保護膜形成用膜23之區域與圖2及圖4所示同樣地積層治具用接著劑層(省略圖示)。具備此種治具用接著劑層之保護膜形成用複合片1E係以下述方式使用,亦即,與圖2及圖4所示之保護 膜形成用複合片同樣地將治具用接著劑層的表面貼附於環狀框等治具。 Further, in the composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film shown in Fig. 6, the region where the protective film forming film 23 is not laminated on the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 may be laminated in the same manner as shown in Figs. 2 and 4 . An adhesive layer is used (not shown). The composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film having such an adhesive layer for a jig is used in the following manner, that is, the protection shown in FIGS. 2 and 4 In the same manner as the composite sheet for film formation, the surface of the adhesive layer for a jig is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

如此,關於本發明之保護膜形成用複合片,無論支持片及保護膜形成用膜為何種形態均可具備治具用接著劑層。但是,通常,如圖2及圖4所示,作為具備治具用接著劑層之本發明之保護膜形成用複合片,較佳為於保護膜形成用膜上具備治具用接著劑層。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the adhesive sheet for a jig can be provided regardless of the form of the support sheet and the film for forming a protective film. However, as shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 4, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention having the adhesive layer for a jig is preferably provided with an adhesive layer for a protective film on the film for forming a protective film.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片並不限定於圖2至圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片,在無損本發明之功效之範圍內,亦可變更或刪除圖2至圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片的一部分構成,或者對前文所說明之保護膜形成用複合片進一步追加其他構成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 2 to 6, and may be modified or deleted as shown in FIGS. 2 to 6 without departing from the effects of the present invention. The composite film for forming a protective film is partially formed, or another structure is added to the composite sheet for forming a protective film described above.

例如,圖4及圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可於基材11與保護膜形成用膜13之間設置中間層。可根據目的選擇任意中間層作為中間層。 For example, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, an intermediate layer may be provided between the substrate 11 and the film 13 for forming a protective film. Any intermediate layer can be selected as the intermediate layer depending on the purpose.

另外,圖2、圖3及圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可於基材11與黏著劑層12之間設置中間層。亦即,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,支持片亦可由基材、中間層及黏著劑層依序積層而成。此處所稱的中間層與圖4及圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片中可設置之中間層相同。 Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3 and FIG. 6, an intermediate layer may be provided between the substrate 11 and the adhesive layer 12. In other words, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by sequentially laminating a substrate, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive layer. The intermediate layer referred to herein is the same as the intermediate layer which can be provided in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in Figs. 4 and 5 .

另外,圖2至圖6所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,可將前述中間層以外之層設置於任意部位。 Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 2 to 6, the layer other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary position.

另外,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可於剝離膜和與該剝離膜直接接觸之層之間產生一部分間隙。 Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, a part of the gap may be formed between the release film and the layer directly in contact with the release film.

另外,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,各層之大小或形狀可根據目的任意調節。 Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the size or shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,如後述般,較佳為黏著劑層等支持片中的與保護膜形成用膜直接接觸之層為非能量線硬化性。此種保護膜形成用複合片中,可更容易地拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, as described later, the layer directly contacting the film for forming a protective film in the support sheet such as the adhesive layer is preferably non-energy line curable. In such a composite sheet for forming a protective film, a semiconductor wafer with a protective film can be more easily picked up.

支持片可為透明,亦可為不透明,還可根據目的而著色。 The support sheet can be transparent or opaque, and can be colored according to the purpose.

其中,保護膜形成用膜具有能量線硬化性之本發明中,支持片較佳為可使能量線透過。 Among the inventions in which the film for forming a protective film has energy ray curability, the support sheet preferably transmits energy rays.

例如,支持片中,波長375nm之光之透過率較佳為30%以上,更佳為50%以上,尤佳為70%以上。藉由前述光之透過率為此種範圍,經由支持片對保護膜形成用膜照射能量線(紫外線)時,保護膜形成用膜之硬化度進一步提高。 For example, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the transmittance of the light is in such a range and the energy ray (ultraviolet rays) is applied to the film for forming a protective film via the support sheet, the degree of hardening of the film for forming a protective film is further improved.

另一方面,支持片中,波長375nm之光之透過率的上限值並無特別限定。例如,前述光之透過率可為95% 以下。 On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the aforementioned light transmittance can be 95% the following.

另外,支持片中,波長532nm之光之透過率較佳為30%以上,更佳為50%以上,尤佳為70%以上。藉由使前述光之透過率為此種範圍,經由支持片對保護膜形成用膜或保護膜照射雷射光而於該等進行印字時,可更清晰地進行印字。 Further, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the transmittance of the light is in such a range, the protective film forming film or the protective film is irradiated with the laser light through the support sheet, and when printing is performed, the printing can be performed more clearly.

另一方面,支持片中,波長532nm之光之透過率的上限值並無特別限定。例如,前述光之透過率可為95%以下。 On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.

另外,支持片中,波長1064nm之光之透過率較佳為30%以上,更佳為50%以上,尤佳為70%以上。藉由前述光之透過率為此種範圍,經由支持片對保護膜形成用膜或保護膜照射雷射光而於該等進行印字時,可更清晰地進行印字。 Further, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is in such a range, the protective film forming film or the protective film is irradiated with the laser light through the support sheet, and when printing is performed, the printing can be performed more clearly.

另一方面,支持片中,波長1064nm之光之透過率的上限值並無特別限定。例如,前述光之透過率可為95%以下。 On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited. For example, the light transmittance may be 95% or less.

其次,對構成支持片之各層,進行更詳細的說明。 Next, each layer constituting the support sheet will be described in more detail.

○基材 ○Substrate

前述基材為片狀或膜狀,作為前述基材的構成材料,例如可列舉各種樹脂。 The base material is in the form of a sheet or a film, and examples of the constituent material of the substrate include various resins.

作為前述樹脂,例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;low density polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;linear low density polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;high density polyethylene)等聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、冰片烯樹脂等聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-冰片烯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體而獲得之共聚物);聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物等氯乙烯系樹脂(使用氯乙烯作為單體而獲得之樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚2,6-萘二羧酸乙二酯、全部結構單元具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等聚酯;2種以上之前述聚酯之共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸酯;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改質聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮等。 Examples of the resin include polyethylene such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); Polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-( A vinyl copolymer such as a methyl acrylate copolymer or an ethylene-bornene copolymer (a copolymer obtained by using ethylene as a monomer); a vinyl chloride resin such as a polyvinyl chloride or a vinyl chloride copolymer (using vinyl chloride as a vinyl chloride resin) Resin obtained by monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate Poly(ethylene) 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylate, a polyester such as a wholly aromatic polyester having an aromatic ring group; a copolymer of two or more of the foregoing polyesters; poly(meth)acrylic acid Ester; polyurethane; polyacrylamide Formate; polyimine; polyamine; polycarbonate; fluororesin; polyacetal; modified polyphenylene ether; polyphenylene sulfide; polyfluorene;

另外,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可列舉前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之混合物等聚合物合金。前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之聚合物合金較佳為聚酯以外的樹脂之量為相對較少量。 In addition, as the resin, for example, a polymer alloy such as a mixture of the polyester and a resin other than the polyester may be used. The polymer alloy of the polyester and the resin other than the polyester is preferably a relatively small amount of the resin other than the polyester.

另外,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可列舉:前文所例示之前述樹脂之1種或2種以上交聯而成之交聯樹脂;使用前文所例示之前述樹脂之1種或2種以上之離子聚合物等改質樹脂。 In addition, as the resin, for example, one or two or more kinds of the above-exemplified resins may be used as a cross-linking resin, and one or two or more kinds of ionic polymerizations of the above-exemplified resins may be used. Remodeling resin such as matter.

再者,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」的概念係包括「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者。關於與(甲基)丙烯酸類似之用語亦相同。 Further, in the present specification, the concept of "(meth)acrylic acid" includes both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". The same is true for terms similar to (meth)acrylic acid.

構成基材之樹脂可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The number of the resins constituting the substrate may be one or two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

基材可由1層(單層)構成,亦可由2層以上之多層構成,於由多層構成之情形時,該等多層可相互相同亦可不同,該等多層之組合並無特別限定。 The base material may be composed of one layer (single layer) or two or more layers. When the layer is composed of a plurality of layers, the layers may be the same or different, and the combination of the layers is not particularly limited.

基材的厚度較佳為50μm至300μm,更佳為60μm至100μm。藉由基材的厚度為此種範圍,前述保護膜形成用複合片的可撓性、及對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附性進一步提高。 The thickness of the substrate is preferably from 50 μm to 300 μm, more preferably from 60 μm to 100 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is in such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesion to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer are further improved.

此處,所謂「基材的厚度」意指基材整體的厚度,例如,所謂由多層構成之基材的厚度,意指構成基材之全部層的合計厚度。 Here, the "thickness of the base material" means the thickness of the entire base material. For example, the thickness of the base material composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the base material.

基材較佳為厚度精度高,亦即,較佳為厚度不均與部位無關地皆被抑制。上述之構成材料中,作為可用於構成此種厚度精度高的基材之材料,例如可列舉:聚乙烯、聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、乙烯-乙酸乙 烯酯共聚物等。 The substrate preferably has a high thickness precision, that is, it is preferable that the thickness unevenness is suppressed regardless of the portion. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, examples of the material which can be used to constitute such a substrate having high thickness precision include polyolefins other than polyethylene and polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, and ethylene-acetic acid B. Ester copolymers and the like.

基材中,除前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,亦可含有填充材料、著色劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、有機潤滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知的各種添加劑。 The base material may contain various additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent materials such as the above resin.

基材的光學特性滿足前文所說明之支持片的光學特性即可。亦即,基材可為透明亦可為不透明,還可根據目的而著色,也可蒸鍍其他層。 The optical characteristics of the substrate may satisfy the optical characteristics of the support sheet described above. That is, the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or may be vapor-deposited.

並且,保護膜形成用膜具有能量線硬化性之本發明中,基材較佳為使能量線透過。 Further, in the invention in which the film for forming a protective film has energy ray curability, the substrate preferably transmits energy rays.

基材的表面亦可經實施以下處理以提高與設置於該基材上之黏著劑層等其他層之密接性:利用噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;或者電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧/紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理等。 The surface of the substrate may be subjected to the following treatment to improve adhesion to other layers such as an adhesive layer provided on the substrate: by embossing treatment such as blasting or solvent treatment; or corona discharge treatment or electron beam treatment Oxidation treatment such as irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone/ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, and the like.

另外,基材的表面亦可經實施底塗處理。 In addition, the surface of the substrate may also be subjected to a primer treatment.

另外,基材亦可具有抗靜電塗層或以下用途之層等:將保護膜形成用複合片重疊保存時,防止基材接著於其他片或基材接著於吸附台。 Further, the substrate may have an antistatic coating layer or a layer for the following use. When the composite sheet for forming a protective film is stacked and stored, the substrate is prevented from adhering to the other sheet or substrate to the adsorption stage.

該等之中,就抑制因切割時刀片摩擦而導致基材產生斷片之方面而言,基材尤佳為表面經實施電子束照射處理。 Among these, the substrate is preferably subjected to electron beam irradiation treatment in terms of suppressing the occurrence of fragmentation of the substrate due to blade rubbing during cutting.

基材可利用公知的方法進行製造。例如,含有樹脂之基材可藉由使含有前述樹脂之樹脂組成物成形而進行製造。 The substrate can be produced by a known method. For example, the resin-containing substrate can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the above resin.

○黏著劑層 ○Adhesive layer

前述黏著劑層為片狀或膜狀,含有黏著劑。 The adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or a film and contains an adhesive.

作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等黏著性樹脂,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。 Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive include adhesion of an acrylic resin, an urethane resin, a rubber resin, a polyoxyn resin, an epoxy resin, a polyvinyl ether, a polycarbonate, and an ester resin. The resin is preferably an acrylic resin.

再者,本發明中,「黏著性樹脂」的概念係包括具有黏著性之樹脂及具有接著性之樹脂兩者,例如不僅包含本身具有黏著性之樹脂,亦包含藉由與添加劑等其他成分併用而顯示黏著性之樹脂、或者藉由存在熱或水等觸發劑而顯示接著性之樹脂等。 Further, in the present invention, the term "adhesive resin" includes both an adhesive resin and a resin having adhesive properties, for example, not only a resin having adhesiveness but also being used in combination with other components such as additives. The resin exhibiting adhesiveness or a resin exhibiting adhesion by the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.

黏著劑層可由1層(單層)構成,亦可由2層以上之多層構成,於由多層構成之情形時,該等多層可相互相同亦可不同,該等多層之組合並無特別限定。 The adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer) or two or more layers. When the layer is composed of a plurality of layers, the layers may be the same or different, and the combination of the layers is not particularly limited.

黏著劑層的厚度較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為1μm至60μm,尤佳為1μm至30μm。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably from 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably from 1 μm to 60 μm, still more preferably from 1 μm to 30 μm.

此處,所謂「黏著劑層的厚度」意指黏著劑層整體的厚度,例如,所謂由多層構成之黏著劑層的厚度,意指構成黏著劑層之全部層的合計厚度。 Here, the "thickness of the adhesive layer" means the thickness of the entire adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of the adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層的光學特性滿足前文所說明之支持片的光學特性即可。亦即,黏著劑層可為透明,亦可為不透明,還可根據目的而著色。 The optical properties of the adhesive layer can satisfy the optical characteristics of the support sheet described above. That is, the adhesive layer may be transparent or opaque, and may be colored according to the purpose.

並且,保護膜形成用膜具有能量線硬化性之本發明中,黏著劑層較佳為使能量線透過。 Further, in the invention in which the film for forming a protective film has energy ray curability, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer preferably transmits energy rays.

黏著劑層可使用能量線硬化性黏著劑而形成,亦可使用非能量線硬化性黏著劑而形成。使用能量線硬化性之黏著劑所形成之黏著劑層可容易地調節硬化前及硬化後的物性。 The adhesive layer can be formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive, or can be formed using a non-energetic curable adhesive. The adhesive layer formed by the energy ray-curable adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after hardening.

<<黏著劑組成物>> <<Adhesive composition>>

黏著劑層可使用含有黏著劑之黏著劑組成物而形成。例如,於黏著劑層之形成對象面塗敷黏著劑組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成黏著劑層。關於黏著劑層的更具體的形成方法隨後與其他層的形成方法一起詳細地進行說明。黏著劑組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率,通常與黏著劑層中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」,如前文所說明。 The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, an adhesive composition is applied to the surface to be formed of the adhesive layer, and if necessary, dried, whereby an adhesive layer can be formed at the target portion. A more specific method of forming the adhesive layer will be described in detail later together with the formation method of the other layers. The content ratio of the components which are not vaporized at normal temperature in the adhesive composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the adhesive layer. Here, the "normal temperature" is as described above.

利用公知的方法塗敷黏著劑組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線棒式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 The adhesive composition may be applied by a known method, and examples thereof include the following various coaters: air knife coater, knife coater, bar coater, gravure coater, and roll coater. Cloth machine, roll coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, wire bar coater, contact coater, etc.

黏著劑組成物的乾燥條件並無特別限定,於黏著劑組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥。含有溶劑之黏著劑組成物較佳為於例如70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the adhesive composition are not particularly limited, and when the adhesive composition contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferably heated and dried. The solvent-containing adhesive composition is preferably dried at, for example, 70 ° C to 130 ° C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

於黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之情形時,作為含有能量線硬化性黏著劑之黏著劑組成物,亦即能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉以下黏著劑組成物等:黏著劑組成物(I-1),含有非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)、及能量線硬化性化合物;黏著劑組成物(I-2),含有能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」),該黏著性樹脂(I-2a)於非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈導入有不飽和基;黏著劑組成物(I-3),含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)、及能量線硬化性化合物。 In the case where the adhesive layer is an energy ray-curable property, the adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable adhesive, that is, the energy ray-curable adhesive composition, for example, the following adhesive composition: adhesion The agent composition (I-1) contains a non-energy-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "adhesive resin (I-1a)") and an energy ray-curable compound; The adhesive composition (I-2) contains an energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "adhesive resin (I-2a)"), and the adhesive resin (I-) 2a) an unsaturated group is introduced into a side chain of the non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a); the adhesive composition (I-3) contains the above-mentioned adhesive resin (I-2a), and an energy ray A hardening compound.

<黏著劑組成物(I-1)> <Adhesive Composition (I-1)>

如上所述,前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)含有非能量線硬化 性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)、及能量線硬化性化合物。 As described above, the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) contains non-energy hardening Adhesive resin (I-1a) and energy ray-curable compound.

[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]

前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。 The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.

作為前述丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元之丙烯酸系聚合物。 The acrylic resin may, for example, be an acrylic polymer having at least a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate.

前述丙烯酸系樹脂所具有之結構單元可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The number of the structural units of the acrylic resin may be one or two or more. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉:構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為1至20之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,前述烷基較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀。 The alkyl (meth)acrylate may, for example, be an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a carbon number of from 1 to 20 which constitutes an alkyl group of an alkyl ester, and the alkyl group is preferably a linear chain or a branch. Chained.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,更具體而言,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十九烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十烷基酯等。 Specific examples of the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. Ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (A) Ethyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Anthracene ester, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate) , tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) propylene Cetyl acid ester (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), (A) Base) hexadecyl acrylate, eicosyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.

就黏著劑層的黏著力提高之方面而言,前述丙烯酸系聚合物較佳為具有源自前述烷基的碳數為4以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元。並且,就黏著劑層的黏著力進一步提高之方面而言,前述烷基的碳數較佳為4至12,更佳為4至8。另外,前述烷基的碳數為4以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯較佳為丙烯酸烷基酯。 The acrylic polymer is preferably a structural unit having an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a carbon number of 4 or more derived from the alkyl group, in terms of improving the adhesion of the adhesive layer. Further, the alkyl group preferably has a carbon number of 4 to 12, more preferably 4 to 8, in terms of further improving the adhesion of the adhesive layer. Further, the alkyl (meth)acrylate having a carbon number of 4 or more in the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl acrylate.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物中,較佳為除源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元以外,進而具有源自含官能基之單體之結構單元。 In the acrylic polymer, a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer is preferably contained in addition to the structural unit derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate.

作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可列舉以下單體,該單體可藉由前述官能基與後述之交聯劑反應而成為交聯的起點,或者可藉由前述官能基與後述之含不飽和基之化合物中的不飽和基反應,而於丙烯酸系聚合物的側鏈導入不飽和基。 Examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a monomer which can be reacted with a crosslinking agent to be described later to form a starting point for crosslinking, or can be contained by the functional group and the latter. The unsaturated group in the unsaturated group is reacted, and an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.

作為含官能基之單體中的前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、環氧基等。 Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, and an epoxy group.

亦即,作為含官能基之單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之 單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 That is, as the monomer having a functional group, for example, a hydroxyl group is mentioned Monomer, carboxyl group-containing monomer, amine group-containing monomer, epoxy group-containing monomer, and the like.

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylic acid 3- Hydroxypropyl ester, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl alcohol, A non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohol such as allyl alcohol (an unsaturated alcohol having no (meth) acrylonitrile skeleton) or the like.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);反丁烯二酸、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、檸康酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸之酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the carboxyl group-containing monomer include an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid (such as a monocarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth)acrylic acid or crotonic acid; and fumaric acid and itaconol. An ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid (dicarboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as an acid, maleic acid or citraconic acid; an anhydride of the above ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid; 2-carboxyl methacrylate a carboxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as an ester.

含官能基之單體較佳為含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體,更佳為含羥基之單體。 The functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxyl group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之含官能基之單體可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The number of the functional group-containing monomers constituting the acrylic polymer may be one or two or more. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物中,源自含官能基之單體之結構單元的含量相對於結構單元的總量較佳為1質量%至35質量%,更佳為2質量%至32質量%,尤佳為3質量%至30質量%。 In the acrylic polymer, the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably from 1% by mass to 35% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 32% by mass, based on the total amount of the structural unit. Preferably, it is 3 mass% to 30 mass%.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物中,亦可除源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元、及源自含官能基之單體之結構單元以外,進而具有源自其他單體之結構單元。 The acrylic polymer may have a structural unit derived from another monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate and a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer.

前述其他單體只要能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等共聚合則並無特別限定。 The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it can be copolymerized with an alkyl (meth)acrylate or the like.

作為前述其他單體,例如可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。 Examples of the other monomer include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, and acrylamide.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之前述其他單體可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other monomers constituting the acrylic polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物可用作上述之非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)。 The acrylic polymer can be used as the above non-energy-curable adhesive resin (I-1a).

另一方面,使前述丙烯酸系聚合物中的官能基與具有能量線聚合性不飽和基(能量線聚合性基)之含不飽和基之化合物反應而成之化合物可用作上述之能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)。 On the other hand, a compound obtained by reacting a functional group in the acrylic polymer with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray polymerizable group) can be used as the above-mentioned energy ray hardening. Adhesive resin (I-2a).

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected. .

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量較佳為5質量%至99質量%,更佳為10質量%至95質量%,尤佳為15質量%至90質量%。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably from 5% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 95% by mass, even more preferably from 15% by mass to 90% by mass.

[能量線硬化性化合物] [Energy curing compound]

作為黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且可藉由照射能量線而硬化之單體或低聚物。 The energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) includes a monomer or oligomer which has an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation with an energy ray.

能量線硬化性化合物中,作為單體,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 In the energy ray-curable compound, examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol VI (A). Poly(meth)acrylates such as acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate; amine (meth)acrylate Ester; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy (meth) acrylate, and the like.

能量線硬化性化合物中,作為低聚物,例如可列舉:上述所例示之單體進行聚合而成之低聚物等。 In the energy ray-curable compound, examples of the oligomer include an oligomer obtained by polymerizing the above-exemplified monomers.

就分子量相對較大,不易使黏著劑層的儲存彈性率降低之方面而言,能量線硬化性化合物較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸 胺基甲酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物。 The energy ray-curable compound is preferably (meth)acrylic acid in that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the adhesive layer is not easily lowered. A urethane, (meth) acrylate urethane oligomer.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The energy ray-curable compound to be contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量較佳為1質量%至95質量%,更佳為5質量%至90質量%,尤佳為10質量%至85質量%。 In the above-mentioned adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 90% by mass, even more preferably from 10% by mass to 85% by mass. quality%.

[交聯劑] [crosslinking agent]

於使用除源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元以外,進而具有源自含官能基之單體之結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-1)較佳為進而含有交聯劑。 When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), in addition to the structural unit derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate, The adhesive composition (I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

前述交聯劑例如與前述官能基反應而使黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此進行交聯。 The crosslinking agent reacts with the aforementioned functional group to crosslink the adhesive resin (I-1a) with each other.

作為交聯劑,例如可列舉:甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、該等二異氰酸酯之加合物等異氰酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等環氧系交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基之交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮丙啶基]三膦三嗪等氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑);鋁螯合物等金屬螯合物 系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架之交聯劑)等。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include isocyanate crosslinking agents such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, benzodimethyl diisocyanate, and adducts of such diisocyanates (crosslinking agents having isocyanate groups). Epoxy crosslinking agent such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (crosslinking agent having glycidyl group); aziridine system such as hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridine]triphosphine triazine Crosslinking agent (crosslinking agent with aziridine group); metal chelate compound such as aluminum chelate A crosslinking agent (a crosslinking agent having a metal chelate structure); an isocyanurate crosslinking agent (a crosslinking agent having an isocyanuric acid skeleton), and the like.

就提高黏著劑的凝聚力而提高黏著劑層的黏著力之方面、及容易獲取等方面而言,交聯劑較佳為異氰酸酯系交聯劑。 The crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate crosslinking agent in terms of improving the cohesive force of the adhesive, improving the adhesion of the adhesive layer, and facilitating the acquisition.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The amount of the crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be one or two or more. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至15質量份。 In the above-mentioned adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 50 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-1a). 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 0.3 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。對於含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-1),即便照射紫外線等相對較低能量之能量線,亦充分地進行硬化反應。 The adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator is sufficiently subjected to a hardening reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy energy line such as ultraviolet rays.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、 2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫化物、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等硫化物化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;2-氯蒽醌等。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal. Acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, Acetophenone compound such as 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)phenylphosphine oxide, 2 a fluorenylphosphine compound such as 4,6-trimethylbenzhydryldiphenylphosphine oxide; a sulfide compound such as benzylphenyl sulfide or tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; 1-hydroxycyclohexylbenzene Α-keto alcohol compound such as ketone; azo compound such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compound such as titanocene; thioxanthone compound such as thioxanthone; peroxide compound; diketone compound such as diethyl hydrazine Benzene oxime; diphenyl oxime; benzophenone; 2,4-diethyl thioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-( 1-methylvinyl)phenyl]acetone; 2-chloroindole and the like.

另外,作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如亦可使用1-氯蒽醌等醌化合物;胺等光增感劑等。 In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a ruthenium compound such as 1-chloroindole or a photo sensitizer such as an amine can be used.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至5質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable compound. The part by mass is particularly preferably from 0.05 part by mass to 5 parts by mass.

[其他添加劑] [Other additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,在無損本發明之功效之範圍內亦可含有不屬於上述之任一種成分之其他添加劑。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), other additives which do not belong to any of the above components may be contained within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention.

作為前述其他添加劑,例如可列舉:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、填充材料(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、增感劑、黏著賦予劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等公知的添加劑。 Examples of the other additives include an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, a softener (plasticizer), a filler (filler), a rust preventive, a colorant (pigment, dye), a sensitizer, and an adhesion-imparting agent. A known additive such as a reaction retarder or a crosslinking accelerator (catalyst).

再者,所謂反應延遲劑例如抑制因混入至黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之觸媒之作用而導致保存中之黏著劑組成物(I-1)中進行目的外的交聯反應。作為反應延遲劑,例如可列舉藉由針對觸媒之螯合物而形成螯合物錯合物之化合物,更具體而言,可列舉:於1分子中具有2個以上之羰基(-C(=O)-)之化合物。 In addition, the reaction retardation agent suppresses the cross-linking reaction outside the target in the adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the adhesive composition (I-1). The reaction retardation agent is, for example, a compound which forms a chelate complex by a chelate compound, and more specifically, has two or more carbonyl groups (-C (in one molecule). Compound of =O)-).

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,其他添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據該其他添加劑的種類適宜選擇即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type of the other additives.

[溶劑] [solvent]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)亦可含有溶劑。黏著劑組成物(I-1)藉由含有溶劑,對塗敷對象面之塗敷適性提高。 The adhesive composition (I-1) may also contain a solvent. The adhesive composition (I-1) has an applicability to the coating target surface by containing a solvent.

前述溶劑較佳為有機溶劑,作為前述有機溶劑,例如可列舉:甲基乙基酮、丙酮等酮;乙酸乙酯等酯(羧酸酯); 四氫呋喃、二噁烷等醚;環己烷、正己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等醇等。 The solvent is preferably an organic solvent, and examples of the organic solvent include a ketone such as methyl ethyl ketone or acetone; and an ester (carboxylate) such as ethyl acetate; An ether such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane; an aliphatic hydrocarbon such as cyclohexane or n-hexane; an aromatic hydrocarbon such as toluene or xylene; or an alcohol such as 1-propanol or 2-propanol.

作為前述溶劑,例如,可將製造黏著性樹脂(I-1a)時所使用之溶劑不自黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中去除而直接使用於黏著劑組成物(I-1),亦可於製造黏著劑組成物(I-1)時另行添加與製造黏著性樹脂(I-1a)時所使用之溶劑相同種類或不同種類之溶劑。 As the solvent, for example, the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a) and used as the adhesive composition (I-1). When the adhesive composition (I-1) is produced, a solvent of the same kind or a different type as the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is separately added.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,溶劑的含量並無特別限定,適宜調節即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.

<黏著劑組成物(I-2)> <Adhesive Composition (I-2)>

如上所述,前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)含有能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a),該黏著性樹脂(I-2a)於非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈導入有不飽和基。 As described above, the adhesive composition (I-2) contains an energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) which is a non-energy-curable adhesive resin (I). The side chain of -1a) is introduced with an unsaturated group.

[黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] [Adhesive resin (I-2a)]

前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)例如藉由使黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基與具有能量線聚合性不飽和基之含不飽和基 之化合物反應而獲得。 The above-mentioned adhesive resin (I-2a) is made, for example, by a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) and an unsaturated group having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group. The compound is obtained by reaction.

前述含不飽和基之化合物除具有前述能量線聚合性不飽和基以外,進而具有以下基,該基藉由與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基反應可與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結。 The unsaturated group-containing compound has, in addition to the above-mentioned energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group, a group which can react with an adhesive resin (I- by reacting with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a). 1a) Bonding.

作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(次乙基)、烯丙基(2-丙烯基)等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 Examples of the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth)acryl fluorenyl group, vinyl group (ethylene group), allyl group (2-propenyl group), and the like, and (meth) propylene oxime is preferred. base.

作為可與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結之基,例如可列舉:可與羥基或胺基鍵結之異氰酸酯基及縮水甘油基、以及可與羧基或環氧基鍵結之羥基及胺基等。 The group which can be bonded to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) may, for example, be an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group which may be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and may be bonded to a carboxyl group or an epoxy group. Hydroxyl groups and amine groups.

作為前述含不飽和基之化合物,例如可列舉:異氰酸(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth)acryl decyl isocyanate, and glycidyl (meth)acrylate.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected. .

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量較佳為5質量%至99質量%,更佳為10質量%至95質量%,尤佳為10質量%至90質量%。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably from 5% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 95% by mass, even more preferably from 10% by mass to 90% by mass.

[交聯劑] [crosslinking agent]

於使用例如與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中相同的具有源自含官能基之單體之結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可進而含有交聯劑。 When the acrylic polymer having the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, in the same manner as in the adhesive resin (I-1a), the adhesive composition is used. (I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中的前述交聯劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的交聯劑相同的化合物。 The crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-2) is the same as the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The amount of the crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be one or two or more. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至15質量份。 In the above-mentioned adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 part by mass, per 100 parts by mass based on the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a). 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 0.3 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。對於含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-2),即便照射紫外線等相對較低能量之能量線亦能充分地進行硬化反應。 The adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator can sufficiently perform a hardening reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy energy line such as ultraviolet rays.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中的前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的光聚合起始劑相同的化合物。 The photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-2) is the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至5質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferably from 0.05 part by mass to 5 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass.

[其他添加劑] [Other additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,在無損本發明之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不屬於上述之任一種成分之其他添加劑。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), other additives not belonging to any of the above components may be contained within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中的前述其他添加劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的其他添加劑相同的化合物。 The other additives mentioned above in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same compounds as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,其他添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據該其他添加劑的種類適宜選擇即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type of the other additives.

[溶劑] [solvent]

以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的,黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可含有溶劑。 The adhesive composition (I-2) may also contain a solvent for the same purpose as in the case of the adhesive composition (I-1).

作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中的前述溶劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的溶劑相同的溶劑。 The solvent mentioned in the adhesive composition (I-2) is the same solvent as the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be one or two or more. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,溶劑的含量並無特別限定,適宜調節即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.

<黏著劑組成物(I-3)> <Adhesive Composition (I-3)>

如上所述,前述黏著劑組成物(I-3)含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)、及能量線硬化性化合物。 As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the above-mentioned adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量較佳為5質量%至99質量%,更佳為10質量%至95質量%,尤佳為15質量%至90質量% In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably from 5% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 95% by mass, even more preferably from 15% by mass to 90% by mass

[能量線硬化性化合物] [Energy curing compound]

作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且可藉由照射能量線而硬化之單體及低聚物,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之能量線硬化性化合物相同的化合物。 The energy ray-curable compound to be contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) includes a monomer and an oligomer which have an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation with an energy ray, and examples thereof include The same compound as the energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The energy ray-curable compound to be contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至300質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至200質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至100質量份。 In the above-mentioned adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 300 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.03 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a). The mass portion is preferably 200 parts by mass, particularly preferably 0.05 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。對於含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-3)即便照射紫外線等相對較低能量之能量線亦能充分地進行硬化反應。 The adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator can sufficiently perform a hardening reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy energy line such as ultraviolet rays.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)中的前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的光聚合起始劑相同的化合物。 The photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-3) is the same as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及前述能量線硬化性化合物的總含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.03質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.05質量份至5質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 20% by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray-curable compound. It is more preferably 0.03 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, particularly preferably 0.05 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass.

[其他添加劑] [Other additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,在無損本發明之功效之範圍 內,亦可含有不屬於上述之任一種成分之其他添加劑。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the range of the efficacy of the present invention is not impaired Other additives which do not belong to any of the above components may also be contained.

作為前述其他添加劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的其他添加劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the other additives include the same compounds as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,其他添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據該其他添加劑的種類適宜選擇即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type of the other additives.

[溶劑] [solvent]

以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的,黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可含有溶劑。 The adhesive composition (I-3) may also contain a solvent for the same purpose as in the case of the adhesive composition (I-1).

作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)中的前述溶劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的溶劑相同的溶劑。 The solvent in the adhesive composition (I-3) is the same solvent as the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,溶劑的含量並無特別限定,適宜調節即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted.

<黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物> <Adhesive composition other than the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-3)>

前文主要對黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2) 及黏著劑組成物(I-3)進行了說明,但對於該等3種黏著劑組成物以外之全部黏著劑組成物(本說明書中,稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物」)亦可同樣地使用作為該等的含有成分所說明之成分。 The foregoing mainly relates to the adhesive composition (I-1) and the adhesive composition (I-2). And the adhesive composition (I-3), but all the adhesive compositions other than the three adhesive compositions (in the present specification, referred to as "adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesion) As the adhesive composition other than the agent composition (I-3), the components described as the components contained in the above may be used in the same manner.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物,除能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物以外亦可列舉非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物。 As the adhesive composition other than the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-3), in addition to the energy ray-curable adhesive composition, a non-energy-curable adhesive composition may be cited. Things.

作為非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉:含有丙烯酸系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組成物(I-4),較佳為含有丙烯酸系樹脂之黏著劑組成物。 Examples of the non-energy-curable adhesive composition include an acrylic resin, an urethane resin, a rubber resin, a polyoxyn resin, an epoxy resin, a polyvinyl ether, and a polycarbonate. The adhesive composition (I-4) of the non-energy-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) such as an ester or an ester resin is preferably an adhesive composition containing an acrylic resin.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物較佳為含有1種或2種以上之交聯劑,該交聯劑的含量可設為與上述之黏著劑組成物(I-1)等情形相同。 The adhesive composition other than the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-3) preferably contains one or more kinds of crosslinking agents, and the content of the crosslinking agent can be set to The above adhesive composition (I-1) and the like are the same.

<黏著劑組成物(I-4)> <Adhesive Composition (I-4)>

作為較佳的黏著劑組成物(I-4),例如可列舉:含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)、及交聯劑之黏著劑組成物。 The preferred adhesive composition (I-4) is, for example, an adhesive composition containing the above-mentioned adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.

[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]

作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中的黏著性樹脂(I-1a),可列 舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)相同的黏著性樹脂。 As the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-4), it can be listed. The same adhesive resin as the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-1) was used.

黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected. .

黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量較佳為5質量%至99質量%,更佳為10質量%至95質量%,尤佳為15質量%至90質量%。 In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably from 5% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 95% by mass, even more preferably from 15% by mass to 90% by mass.

[交聯劑] [crosslinking agent]

於使用除源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元以外,進而具有源自含官能基之單體之結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-4)較佳為進而含有交聯劑。 When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), in addition to the structural unit derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate, The adhesive composition (I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中的交聯劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的交聯劑相同的化合物。 The crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-4) is the same as the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The amount of the crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be one or two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio may be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份較佳為0.01質量份至50 質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至15質量份。 In the above-mentioned adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a). The parts by mass are more preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 0.3 part by mass to 15 parts by mass.

[其他添加劑] [Other additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,在無損本發明之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不屬於上述之任一種成分之其他添加劑。 In the adhesive composition (I-4), other additives not belonging to any of the above components may be contained within the range which does not impair the effects of the present invention.

作為前述其他添加劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的其他添加劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the other additives include the same compounds as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,其他添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據該其他添加劑的種類適宜選擇即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type of the other additives.

[溶劑] [solvent]

以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的,黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可含有溶劑。 The adhesive composition (I-4) may also contain a solvent for the same purpose as in the case of the adhesive composition (I-1).

作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中的前述溶劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的溶劑相同的溶劑。 The solvent in the adhesive composition (I-4) is the same solvent as the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent composition (I-4) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more solvents are used, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,溶劑的含量並無特別限定,適 宜調節即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and is suitable. It should be adjusted.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,黏著劑層較佳為非能量線硬化性。原因在於,若黏著劑層為能量線硬化性,則有時無法抑制於藉由照射能量線而使保護膜形成用膜硬化時黏著劑層亦同時硬化。若黏著劑層與保護膜形成用膜同時硬化,則有時硬化後之保護膜形成用膜及黏著劑層於該等之界面黏附至無法剝離之程度。該情形時,難以將背面具備硬化後之保護膜形成用膜,亦即保護膜之半導體晶片(附有保護膜的半導體晶片)自具備硬化後之黏著劑層之支持片剝離,而無法正常地拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片。本發明中藉由將支持片中的黏著劑層設為非能量線硬化性可確實地避免此種不良情況,從而可更容易地拾取附有保護膜的半導體晶片。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the adhesive layer is preferably non-energy line curable. The reason is that when the adhesive layer is energy ray-curable, the adhesive layer may be simultaneously hardened when the film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation of the energy ray. When the adhesive layer and the film for forming a protective film are simultaneously cured, the film for forming a protective film and the adhesive layer after curing may adhere to the interface to such an extent that they cannot be peeled off. In this case, it is difficult to form the film for forming a protective film after curing on the back surface, that is, the semiconductor wafer (the semiconductor wafer with the protective film) of the protective film is peeled off from the support sheet having the adhesive layer after curing, and it is not possible to normally A semiconductor wafer with a protective film is picked up. In the present invention, by making the adhesive layer in the support sheet non-energy line hardenability, such a problem can be surely avoided, and the semiconductor wafer with the protective film can be more easily picked up.

本文對黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性之情形之功效進行了說明,但即便支持片中的與保護膜形成用膜直接接觸之層為黏著劑層以外之層,只要該層為非能量線硬化性則亦發揮同樣的功效。 The effect of the case where the adhesive layer is non-energy hardening is described herein, but even if the layer in the supporting sheet which is in direct contact with the film for forming a protective film is a layer other than the adhesive layer, as long as the layer is a non-energy line Sclerosing also works the same.

<<黏著劑組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of adhesive composition>>

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)、或黏著劑組成物(I-4)等黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外之黏著劑組成物係藉由將前述黏著劑及視需要之前述黏 著劑以外之成分等用以構成黏著劑組成物之各成分加以調配而獲得。 Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-3), or adhesive composition (I-4) to adhesive composition (I-3) Adhesive composition other than by adhering the aforementioned adhesive and optionally as needed A component other than the agent is prepared by blending the components of the adhesive composition.

調配各成分時的添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用,亦即,將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用,亦即,不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合。 When a solvent is used, it can be used by mixing a solvent with any of the formulation components other than the solvent to preliminarily dilute the formulation component; or by using the following method, that is, not Any one of the formulation components other than the solvent is diluted in advance to mix the solvent with the formulation components.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機而進行混合之方法;施加超音波而進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing the components at the time of preparation is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by stirring a stirring blade or a stirring blade, a method of mixing using a mixer, and applying ultrasonic waves. The method of mixing, etc.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time when the components are added and mixed are not particularly limited as long as the respective components are not deteriorated, and may be appropriately adjusted, and the temperature is preferably from 15 ° C to 30 ° C.

◇保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 Method for producing ruthenium film for forming protective film

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片可藉由將上述各層以成為對應的位置關係之方式依序積層而製造。各層之形成方法如前文所說明。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can be produced by sequentially laminating the above layers in a corresponding positional relationship. The formation method of each layer is as described above.

例如,製造支持片時,於基材上積層黏著劑層之情形時,於基材上塗敷上述之黏著劑組成物,視需要使之乾燥即可。 For example, when a support sheet is produced, when the adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate, the above-mentioned adhesive composition is applied to the substrate, and dried as necessary.

另一方面,例如,於已積層於基材上之黏著劑層上進而積層保護膜形成用膜之情形時,可於黏著劑層上塗敷保護膜形成用組成物直接形成保護膜形成用膜。保護膜形成用膜以外之層亦可使用用以形成該層之組成物,利用同樣的方法於黏著劑層上積層該層。如此,於使用任一種組成物形成連續之2層之積層結構之情形時,可於由前述組成物形成之層上進而塗敷組成物而新形成層。但是,較佳為藉由下述方式而形成連續之2層之積層結構,亦即,於另一剝離膜上,使用前述組成物預先形成該等2層中後積層之層,將該已形成之層中的與和前述剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面與既已形成之其餘層的露出面貼合。此時,前述組成物較佳為塗敷於剝離膜的剝離處理面。形成積層結構後,視需要移除剝離膜即可。 On the other hand, for example, when a film for forming a protective film is laminated on an adhesive layer which has been laminated on a substrate, a film for forming a protective film can be directly formed by applying a composition for forming a protective film on the adhesive layer. A layer other than the film for forming a protective film may be used to form a composition of the layer, and the layer may be laminated on the adhesive layer by the same method. Thus, in the case where a laminated structure of two consecutive layers is formed using any of the compositions, the composition can be further coated on the layer formed of the above composition to form a layer. However, it is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by using the above-mentioned composition to form a layer of the two subsequent layers in the second release film, which is formed. The exposed surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the release film in the layer is bonded to the exposed surface of the remaining layer formed. In this case, the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. After forming the laminate structure, the release film may be removed as needed.

例如,於製造於基材上積層黏著劑層,於前述黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成用膜而成之保護膜形成用複合片(支持片為基材及黏著劑層之積層物之保護膜形成用複合片)之情形時,於基材上塗敷黏著劑組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此於基材上預先積層黏著劑層,另行於剝離膜上塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上預先形成保護膜形成用膜。然後,將該保護膜形成用膜的露出面與已積層於基材上之黏著劑層的露出面貼合,於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成用膜,藉此獲得保護膜形成用 複合片。 For example, a composite sheet for forming a protective film formed by laminating an adhesive layer on a substrate and laminating a film for forming a protective film on the adhesive layer (a protective film comprising a support sheet as a laminate of a substrate and an adhesive layer) In the case of forming a composite sheet), an adhesive composition is applied onto a substrate, and if necessary, dried, whereby an adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate, and a protective film-forming composition is separately applied to the release film. The film for forming a protective film is formed in advance on the release film by drying it as needed. Then, the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer deposited on the substrate, and a film for forming a protective film is laminated on the adhesive layer, thereby forming a protective film. Composite sheet.

再者,於基材上積層黏著劑層之情形時,如上所述,亦可代替於基材上塗敷黏著劑組成物之方法而於剝離膜上塗敷黏著劑組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上預先形成黏著劑層,將該層的露出面與基材的一表面貼合,藉此於基材上積層黏著劑層。 Further, when the adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate, as described above, the adhesive composition may be applied to the release film instead of applying the adhesive composition on the substrate, and dried as needed. Thereby, an adhesive layer is formed in advance on the release film, and the exposed surface of the layer is bonded to one surface of the substrate, whereby an adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate.

任一種方法中,均於形成目標積層結構後的任意時間點移除剝離膜即可。 In either method, the release film may be removed at any point after the formation of the target laminate structure.

如此,構成保護膜形成用複合片之基材以外的層均可利用以下方法積層,亦即,預先形成於剝離膜上,再貼合於目標層的表面,因此視需要適宜選擇採用此種步驟之層,製造保護膜形成用複合片即可。 In this manner, the layer other than the base material constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be laminated by being formed in advance on the release film and then bonded to the surface of the target layer. Therefore, such a step is appropriately selected as needed. In the layer, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can be produced.

再者,保護膜形成用複合片通常以如下狀態保管,亦即,於該保護膜形成用複合片中的與支持片為相反側的最表層(例如,保護膜形成用膜)的表面貼合有剝離膜之狀態。因此,亦可藉由下述方式而獲得保護膜形成用複合片,亦即,於該剝離膜(較佳為該剝離膜的剝離處理面)上,塗敷保護膜形成用組成物等用以形成構成最表層之層之組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上預先形成構成最表層之層,於該層中的與和剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面上,利用上述任一種方法積層其餘各層,不移除 剝離膜而保持貼合狀態不變。 In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in the following state, that is, the surface of the outermost layer (for example, a film for forming a protective film) on the opposite side of the support sheet in the composite sheet for forming a protective film. There is a state of peeling film. Therefore, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can be obtained by applying a protective film forming composition or the like to the release film (preferably, a release-treated surface of the release film). The composition constituting the layer constituting the outermost layer is formed, and if necessary, dried, whereby a layer constituting the outermost layer is formed in advance on the release film, and an exposed surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the release film in the layer is formed. Use any of the above methods to laminate the remaining layers without removing The film was peeled off while remaining in a bonded state.

◇保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法 Method for using ruthenium film for forming protective film

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片例如可利用以下所示之方法使用。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can be used, for example, by the method shown below.

亦即,將保護膜形成用複合片藉由該保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的背面(與電極形成面為相反側的面)。繼而,對保護膜形成用膜照射能量線,使保護膜形成用膜硬化而成為保護膜。繼而,藉由切割,將半導體晶圓連同保護膜一起分割而製成半導體晶片。然後,將半導體晶片保持貼附有該保護膜之狀態(亦即,以附有保護膜的半導體晶片之形式)自支持片拉離而進行拾取。 In other words, the composite film for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) by the protective film forming film of the protective film forming composite sheet. Then, the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with an energy ray, and the film for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film. Then, by cutting, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film to form a semiconductor wafer. Then, the state in which the semiconductor wafer is attached to the protective film (that is, in the form of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film attached thereto) is pulled away from the support sheet to be picked up.

以下,利用與先前方法相同的方法,將所獲得之附有保護膜的半導體晶片的半導體晶片倒裝晶片連接於基板的電路面後,製成半導體封裝。然後,使用該半導體封裝製作目標半導體裝置即可。 Hereinafter, the semiconductor wafer of the obtained semiconductor wafer with the protective film obtained is flip-chip bonded to the circuit surface of the substrate by the same method as the prior method, and then a semiconductor package is produced. Then, the target semiconductor device can be fabricated using the semiconductor package.

再者,本文中對使保護膜形成用膜硬化而成為保護膜後進行切割之情形進行了說明,但於使用本發明之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,進行該等步驟之順序亦可相反。亦即,於半導體晶圓的背面貼附保護膜形成用複合片後,藉由切割,將半導體晶圓連同保護膜形成用膜一起分割而製成半導體晶片。繼而,對已分割之保護膜形成用膜照射 能量線,使保護膜形成用膜硬化而成為保護膜。以下,與上述同樣地,將附有保護膜的半導體晶片自支持片拉離而進行拾取,製作目標半導體裝置即可。 In the case where the film for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film and then diced, the case of performing the steps may be performed in the case of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. in contrast. In other words, after the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the film for forming a protective film by dicing to form a semiconductor wafer. Then, irradiating the film for forming a divided protective film The energy ray hardens the film for forming a protective film to form a protective film. In the same manner as described above, the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is pulled away from the support sheet and picked up to produce a target semiconductor device.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,藉由具體的實施例對本發明進行更詳細的說明。但是,本發明並不受以下所示之實施例之任何限定。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited by the examples shown below.

以下表示用於製造保護膜形成用組成物之成分。 The components for producing a composition for forming a protective film are shown below.

‧能量線硬化性成分 ‧ energy line hardening ingredients

(a2)-1:三環癸烷二羥甲基二丙烯酸酯(日本化藥公司製造之「KAYARAD R-684」,2官能紫外線硬化性化合物,分子量304)。 (a2)-1: tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate ("KAYARAD R-684" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304).

‧不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物 ‧ polymer without energy line hardening

(b)-1:使丙烯酸丁酯(以下,簡稱為「BA」)(10質量份)、丙烯酸甲酯(以下,簡稱為「MA」)(70質量份)、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(以下,簡稱為「GMA」)(5質量份)及丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯(以下,簡稱為「HEA」)(15質量份)進行共聚合而成之丙烯酸系聚合物(重量平均分子量300000,玻璃轉移溫度-1℃)。 (b)-1: butyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as "BA") (10 parts by mass), methyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as "MA") (70 parts by mass), and glycidyl methacrylate ( Hereinafter, an acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing "GMA" (5 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as "HEA") (15 parts by mass) (weight average molecular weight: 300,000) , glass transfer temperature -1 ° C).

‧光聚合起始劑 ‧Photopolymerization initiator

(c)-1:2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮(BASF公司製造之「Irgacure369」)。 (c)-1: 2-(Dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone ("Irgacure 369" manufactured by BASF Corporation).

(c)-2:乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑 -3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯基肟)(BASF公司製造之「IrgacureOXE02」)。 (c)-2: Ethylketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzylidene)-9H-carbazole -3-yl]-, 1-(O-ethinylhydrazine) ("Irgacure OXE02" manufactured by BASF Corporation).

‧填充材料 ‧Filler

(d)-1:二氧化矽填料(溶融石英填料,平均粒徑8μm)。 (d)-1: cerium oxide filler (melted quartz filler, average particle diameter 8 μm).

‧偶合劑 ‧ coupling agent

(e)-1:3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造之「KBM-503」,矽烷偶合劑)。 (e)-1: 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane ("KBM-503" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., decane coupling agent).

‧著色劑 ‧Colorant

(g)-1:將酞菁系藍色色素(Pigment Blue 15:3)32質量份、異吲哚啉酮系黃色色素(Pigment Yellow 139)18質量份、及蒽醌系紅色色素(Pigment Red 177)50質量份進行混合,以前述3種色素的合計量/苯乙烯丙烯酸樹脂量=1/3(質量比)之方式進行顏料化而獲得之顏料。 (g)-1: 32 parts by mass of a phthalocyanine-based blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15:3), 18 parts by mass of an isoindolinone-based yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and a lanthanide red pigment (Pigment Red) 177) A pigment obtained by pigmenting at a mass ratio of 50 mass parts of the above three types of dyes/the amount of styrene acrylic resin = 1/3 (mass ratio).

[實施例1] [Example 1]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)之製造) (Manufacture of protective film forming composition (IV-1))

使能量線硬化性成分(a2)-1、聚合物(b)-1、光聚合起始劑(c)-1、光聚合起始劑(c)-2、填充材料(d)-1、偶合劑(e)-1及著色劑(g)-1,以該等的含量(固形物成分量,質量份)成為表1所示之值之方式溶解或分散於甲基乙基酮中,於23℃下進行攪拌,藉此製備固形物成分濃度為50質量%之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)。 The energy ray curable component (a2)-1, the polymer (b)-1, the photopolymerization initiator (c)-1, the photopolymerization initiator (c)-2, the filler (d)-1, The coupling agent (e)-1 and the coloring agent (g)-1 are dissolved or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone so that the content (solid content, mass part) is as shown in Table 1. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C to prepare a protective film-forming composition (IV-1) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass.

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition (I-4))

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4),該黏著劑組成物(I-4)含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、及3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(10.7質量份,固形物成分),進而含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使丙烯酸-2-乙基己酯(以下,簡稱為「2EHA」)(36質量份)、BA(59質量份)、及HEA(5質量份)進行共聚合而成,且重量平均分子量為600000。 A non-energy-curable adhesive composition (I-4) having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass, wherein the adhesive composition (I-4) contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, a solid content) And a trifunctional phthalic diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (10.7 parts by mass, a solid component), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The acrylic polymer is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as "2EHA") (36 parts by mass), BA (59 parts by mass), and HEA (5 parts by mass). And the weight average molecular weight is 600,000.

(支持片之製造) (Support for the manufacture of tablets)

於聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理之剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm)的前述剝離處理面塗敷上述所獲得之黏著劑組成物(I-4),於120℃下加熱乾燥2分鐘,藉此形成厚度10μm之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層。 The release treatment surface of the release film ("SP-PET381031" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness: 38 μm) which was subjected to a release treatment on a single side of a film made of polyethylene terephthalate, was coated with the above-mentioned obtained The adhesive composition (I-4) was dried by heating at 120 ° C for 2 minutes to form a non-energy-curable adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 μm.

繼而,於該黏著劑層的露出面貼合作為基材之聚丙烯系膜(楊氏率400MPa,厚度80μm),藉此獲得於前述基材的一表面上具備前述黏著劑層之支持片(10)-1。 Then, a polypropylene film (Young's modulus: 400 MPa, thickness: 80 μm) which adheres to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer is obtained, whereby a support sheet having the above-mentioned adhesive layer on one surface of the substrate is obtained ( 10)-1.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

於聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理之剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之 「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm)的前述剝離處理面,藉由刀式塗佈機塗敷上述所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),於100℃下乾燥2分鐘,藉此製作厚度25μm之能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1。 Release film (released by Lintec) on a single side of polyethylene terephthalate film by polyfluorination treatment The peeling-treated surface of "SP-PET381031" (thickness: 38 μm) was applied to the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) obtained by the knife coater, and dried at 100 ° C for 2 minutes. A film (13)-1 for forming a protective film for energy ray curability having a thickness of 25 μm was produced.

繼而,自上述所獲得之支持片(10)-1中的黏著劑層移除剝離膜,於該黏著劑層的露出面貼合上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1的露出面而製作基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜(13)-1及剝離膜於該等的厚度方向上依序積層而成之保護膜形成用複合片。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表2。 Then, the adhesive film in the support sheet (10)-1 obtained above was removed from the release film, and the exposed surface of the protective film formation film (13)-1 was adhered to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer. A film for forming a protective film for forming a substrate, an adhesive layer, a film for forming a protective film (13)-1, and a release film in this thickness direction are formed. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 2.

<保護膜形成用膜之評價> <Evaluation of film for forming a protective film>

(保護膜的拉伸彈性率) (Tensile modulus of protective film)

將上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1裁斷而製作試片。 The film (13)-1 for protective film formation obtained above was cut off to prepare a test piece.

繼而,使用紫外線照射裝置(Lintec公司製造之「RAD2000m/8」),於照度195mW/cm2、光量170mJ/cm2之條件下,對前述試片照射紫外線,藉此使保護膜形成用膜(13)-1硬化,獲得保護膜試片。 Then, the test piece was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW/cm 2 and a light amount of 170 mJ/cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device ("RAD2000m/8" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.) to thereby form a film for forming a protective film ( 13)-1 hardening to obtain a protective film test piece.

繼而,依據JIS K7161:1994,測定23℃下的前述保護膜試片的拉伸彈性率(楊氏率)。此時,將保護膜試片之測定時之寬度設為15mm,將夾具間距離設為10mm,將拉伸速度設為50mm/min。結果示於表2。 Then, the tensile modulus (Young's modulus) of the protective film test piece at 23 ° C was measured in accordance with JIS K7161:1994. At this time, the width of the protective film test piece was set to 15 mm, the distance between the jigs was set to 10 mm, and the tensile speed was set to 50 mm/min. The results are shown in Table 2.

(保護膜的蕭氏D硬度) (Shore D hardness of the protective film)

將上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1以合計厚度成為6mm之方式積層後,針對所獲得之積層物於與上述之保護膜的拉伸彈性率之測定時相同之條件下照射紫外線,藉此使保護膜形成用膜(13)-1全部硬化而成為保護膜。 The film (13)-1 for protective film formation obtained above was laminated so that the total thickness became 6 mm, and the obtained laminate was irradiated under the same conditions as those of the above-mentioned protective film. Ultraviolet rays are used to cure all of the film (13)-1 for forming a protective film to form a protective film.

繼而,針對所獲得之保護膜之積層物,使用定壓荷重器(高分子計器公司製造之「CL-150」),於23℃下,測定蕭氏D硬度。結果示於表2。 Then, a constant pressure loader ("CL-150" manufactured by Kobunshi Co., Ltd.) was used for the laminate of the obtained protective film, and the Shore D hardness was measured at 23 °C. The results are shown in Table 2.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力) (adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet)

將上述所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片裁斷成25mm×140mm之大小,自保護膜形成用複合片移除剝離膜使保護膜形成用膜(13)-1的一表面露出而作為硬化前試片。另一方面,準備於SUS(stainless steel,不鏽鋼)製支持板(70mm×150mm)的表面貼合有雙面黏著帶之試片。然後,使用貼合機(Fuji公司製造之「LAMIPACKER LPD3214」),將硬化前試片之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1的露出面貼附於支持板上的前述雙面黏著帶,藉此於支持板經由雙面黏著帶貼附硬化前試片。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film obtained as described above was cut into a size of 25 mm × 140 mm, and the release film was removed from the composite sheet for forming a protective film to expose one surface of the film for protective film formation (13)-1 as a pre-hardening test. sheet. On the other hand, a test piece of a double-sided adhesive tape was attached to the surface of a SUS (stainless steel) support plate (70 mm × 150 mm). Then, using the laminating machine ("LAMIPACKER LPD3214" manufactured by Fuji Co., Ltd.), the exposed surface of the film (13)-1 for protective film formation of the pre-hardened test piece is attached to the double-sided adhesive tape on the support plate. The support plate is attached to the pre-hardened test piece via a double-sided adhesive tape.

繼而,使用紫外線照射裝置(Lintec公司製造之 「RAD2000m/8」),於照度195mW/cm2、光量170mJ/cm2之條件下,對硬化前試片照射紫外線,藉此使保護膜形成用膜(13)-1硬化,獲得硬化後試片。 Then, using a UV irradiation device ("RAD2000m/8" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.), the film for protective film formation was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to the test piece before curing at illuminance of 195 mW/cm 2 and a light amount of 170 mJ/cm 2 . (13)-1 hardens and obtains a test piece after hardening.

繼而,使用精密萬能試驗機(島津製作所製造之「Autograph AG-IS」),進行下述拉伸試驗,亦即,於剝離角度180°、測定溫度23℃、拉伸速度300mm/min之條件下,將支持片(10)-1(硬化前之黏著劑層與基材之積層物)自保護膜剝離,測定此時的荷重(剝離力),設為保護膜與支持片(10)-1之間的黏著力。再者,作為前述荷重之測定值,將支持片(10)-1遍及長度100mm而剝離,於此時的測定值中,將最初剝離的長度10mm之部分及最後剝離的長度10mm之部分各自的測定值自有效值中排除在外,採用所得之值。結果示於表2。 Then, using a precision universal testing machine ("Autograph AG-IS" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), the following tensile test was performed, that is, at a peeling angle of 180°, a measurement temperature of 23° C., and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min. The support sheet (10)-1 (the laminate of the adhesive layer before curing and the substrate) was peeled off from the protective film, and the load (peeling force) at this time was measured, and the protective film and the support sheet (10)-1 were set. The adhesion between them. Further, as the measured value of the load, the support sheet (10)-1 was peeled off over a length of 100 mm, and in the measurement value at this time, the portion of the first peeled length of 10 mm and the portion of the last peeled length of 10 mm were respectively The measured value is excluded from the effective value, and the obtained value is used. The results are shown in Table 2.

(保護膜中以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之殘存抑制) (Residual suppression by the pin caused by the pin in the protective film)

將上述所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片,藉由該保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1,貼附於6吋矽晶圓(厚度350μm)之#2000研磨面,進而將該片固定於環狀框,靜置30分鐘。 The composite film for forming a protective film obtained as described above was attached to a #2000 polished surface of a 6-inch wafer (thickness: 350 μm) by the protective film forming film (13)-1 of the protective film-forming composite sheet. Further, the sheet was fixed in a ring frame and allowed to stand for 30 minutes.

繼而,使用紫外線照射裝置(Lintec公司製造之「RAD2000m/8」),於照度195mW/cm2、光量170mJ/cm2之條件下,自支持片(10)-1側對保護膜形成用複合片照射紫外線,藉此使保護膜形成用膜(13)-1硬化,成為保護膜。 Then, using a UV irradiation device ("RAD2000m/8" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.), a composite sheet for forming a protective film from the side of the support sheet (10)-1 under conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW/cm 2 and a light amount of 170 mJ/cm 2 The film (13)-1 for forming a protective film is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays to form a protective film.

繼而,使用切割刀片將矽晶圓連同保護膜一起切割而進行單片化,獲得5mm×5mm之矽晶片。 Then, the ruthenium wafer was cut together with the protective film by a dicing blade to be singulated, and a 5 mm × 5 mm ruthenium wafer was obtained.

繼而,使用黏晶機(Canon Machinery公司製造之「BESTEM-D02」),利用1根銷頂出1個附有保護膜之矽晶圓的方式,藉此拾取20個附有保護膜之矽晶片。然後,針對其中10個附有保護膜之矽晶片,目視確認保護膜中的與支持片相對向之面中有無殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡,將確認到殘存頂出痕跡之附有保護膜之矽晶片為0個之情形判定為「A」,將為1個至3個之情形判定為「B」,將為4個至10個之情形判定為「C」,而對抑制保護膜中殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效進行評價。結果示於表2。表2中的「頂出痕跡之殘存抑制」一欄之記載為相應的結果。 Then, using a die bonder ("BESTEM-D02" manufactured by Canon Machinery Co., Ltd.), one chip with a protective film was ejected by one pin, thereby picking up 20 wafers with a protective film. . Then, for the ten wafers with the protective film attached thereto, it is visually confirmed whether or not there is any residue in the surface of the protective film opposite to the support sheet, which is caused by the pin, and the mark of the remaining ejector is confirmed. The case where the film is zero is judged as "A", the case where it is one to three is judged as "B", and the case where it is four to ten is judged as "C", and the protective film is suppressed. The residual effect of the product is evaluated by the effect of the pin. The results are shown in Table 2. The column "Residual suppression of ejector marks" in Table 2 is described as the corresponding result.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之製造及評價> <Manufacture and Evaluation of Composite Film for Forming Protective Film and Protective Film Forming>

[實施例2] [Embodiment 2]

對與製造支持片(10)-1時所使用之基材相同的基材(聚丙烯系膜,楊氏率400MPa,厚度80μm)的表面,實施電暈放電處理。並且,如表2所示,使用僅由該進行了表面處理之基材構成之支持片(10)-2代替支持片(10)-1,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製造及評價保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片。結果示於表2。再者,本實施例中,於相當於支持片(10)-2之前述基材的電 暈放電處理面設置保護膜形成用膜(13)-1。 The surface of the same substrate (polypropylene film, Young's ratio: 400 MPa, thickness: 80 μm) as the substrate used in the production of the support sheet (10)-1 was subjected to corona discharge treatment. Further, as shown in Table 2, the support sheet (10)-2 composed only of the surface-treated substrate was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, and the same method as in Example 1 was used except for the above. A film for forming a protective film and a composite sheet for forming a protective film are produced and evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2. Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the electricity is equivalent to the substrate of the support sheet (10)-2. A film (13)-1 for forming a protective film is provided on the halo discharge treatment surface.

[實施例3] [Example 3]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition (I-4))

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4),該黏著劑組成物(I-4)含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、及3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(0.5質量份,固形物成分),進而含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使BA(95質量份)及HEA(5質量份)進行共聚合而成,且重量平均分子量為800000。 A non-energy-curable adhesive composition (I-4) having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass, wherein the adhesive composition (I-4) contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, a solid content) And a trifunctional phthalic diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (0.5 parts by mass, solid content), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The acrylic polymer was obtained by copolymerizing BA (95 parts by mass) and HEA (5 parts by mass), and the weight average molecular weight was 800,000.

(支持片之製造) (Support for the manufacture of tablets)

使用上述所獲得之黏著劑組成物(I-4),除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,於基材上形成厚度10μm之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層,製作支持片(10)-3。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was used, a non-energy-curable adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 μm was formed on the substrate to prepare a support sheet. (10)-3.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

使用上述所獲得之支持片(10)-3代替支持片(10)-1,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製造保護膜形成用複合片。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表2。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the support sheet (10)-3 obtained above was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 2.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

針對上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,利用與實施例1相同的方法進行評價。結果示於表2。 The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film obtained above were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.

[實施例4] [Example 4]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)之製造) (Manufacture of protective film forming composition (IV-1))

如表1所示,將聚合物(b)-1的含量(調配量)設為2質量份代替22質量份,將填充材料(d)-1的含量(調配量)設為76質量份而代替56質量份,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製備保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)。 As shown in Table 1, the content (mixing amount) of the polymer (b)-1 was set to 2 parts by mass instead of 22 parts by mass, and the content (mixing amount) of the filler (d)-1 was 76 parts by mass. A protective film-forming composition (IV-1) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

使用上述所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製作厚度25μm之能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜(13)-2。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) obtained above was used, a film (13)-2 for forming a protective film for energy ray curability having a thickness of 25 μm was produced. .

然後,使用該保護膜形成用膜(13)-2代替保護膜形成用膜(13)-1,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法製造保護膜形成用複合片。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表2。 Then, the protective film forming film (13)-2 was used instead of the protective film forming film (13)-1, and a protective film forming composite sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 2.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

針對上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,利用與實施例1相同的方法進行評價。結果示於表2。 The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film obtained above were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.

[實施例5] [Example 5]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)之製造) (Manufacture of protective film forming composition (IV-1))

利用與實施例1相同的方法,製造保護膜形成用組成物(IV-l)。 A protective film-forming composition (IV-1) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.

(保護膜形成用膜之製造) (Manufacture of film for forming a protective film)

於聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理之剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm)的前述剝離處理面,藉由刀式塗佈機,塗敷上述所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),於100℃下乾燥2分鐘,藉此製作厚度25μm之能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1。 The release-treated surface of the release film ("SP-PET381031" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness: 38 μm) which was subjected to a release treatment on a single side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by a polyphthalic acid treatment, was coated by a knife The protective film forming composition (IV-1) obtained above was applied and dried at 100 ° C for 2 minutes to prepare an energy ray-curable protective film forming film (13)-1 having a thickness of 25 μm. .

(支持片之製造) (Support for the manufacture of tablets)

利用與實施例1相同的方法,製造支持片(10)-1。 The support sheet (10)-1 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

將上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1中的與設置有剝離膜之側為相反側的表面貼附於6吋矽晶圓(厚度 350μm)之#2000研磨面。 The surface of the film (13)-1 obtained as described above which is opposite to the side on which the release film is provided is attached to a 6-inch wafer (thickness) 350 μm) #2000 ground surface.

繼而,使用紫外線照射裝置(Lintec公司製造之「RAD2000m/8」),於照度195mW/cm2、光量170mJ/cm2之條件下,對保護膜形成用膜(13)-1照射紫外線,藉此使保護膜形成用膜(13)-1硬化,成為保護膜。 Then, the film for protective film formation (13)-1 was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW/cm 2 and a light amount of 170 mJ/cm 2 by using an ultraviolet irradiation device ("RAD2000m/8" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.). The film (13)-1 for forming a protective film is cured to form a protective film.

繼而,自保護膜移除剝離膜,於露出面貼合上述所獲得之支持片(10)-1之黏著劑層,製作附有矽晶圓之保護膜形成用複合片,該附有矽晶圓之保護膜形成用複合片係基材、黏著劑層、保護膜及矽晶圓於該等的厚度方向上依序積層而成。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表2。 Then, the release film was removed from the protective film, and the adhesive layer of the support sheet (10)-1 obtained above was bonded to the exposed surface to prepare a composite sheet for forming a protective film with a ruthenium wafer, which was attached with twin crystals. The composite sheet base material for forming a protective film for a circle, an adhesive layer, a protective film, and a tantalum wafer are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 2.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

針對上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,利用與實施例1相同的方法進行評價。結果示於表2。 The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film obtained above were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.

[實施例6] [Embodiment 6]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)之製造) (Manufacture of protective film forming composition (IV-1))

如表1所示,將能量線硬化性成分(a2)-1的含量(調配量)設為10質量份而代替20質量份,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法製備保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)。 As shown in Table 1, a protective film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the content (mixing amount) of the energy ray-curable component (a2)-1 was 10 parts by mass instead of 20 parts by mass. The composition for formation (IV-1).

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

使用上述所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製作厚度25μm之能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜(13)-3。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) obtained above was used, an energy-line-curable protective film forming film (13)-3 having a thickness of 25 μm was produced. .

並且,使用該保護膜形成用膜(13)-3代替保護膜形成用膜(13)-1,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製造保護膜形成用複合片。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表2。 In addition, the protective film forming film (13)-3 was used instead of the protective film forming film (13)-1, and a protective film forming composite sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 2.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

針對上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,利用與實施例1相同的方法進行評價。結果示於表2。 The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film obtained above were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.

[實施例7] [Embodiment 7]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)之製造) (Manufacture of protective film forming composition (IV-1))

如表1所示,將能量線硬化性成分(a2)-1的含量(調配量)設為5質量份而代替20質量份,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法製備保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)。 As shown in Table 1, a protective film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the content (mixing amount) of the energy ray-curable component (a2)-1 was changed to 5 parts by mass in place of 20 parts by mass. The composition for formation (IV-1).

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

使用上述所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製作厚度25μm之能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜(13)-4。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) obtained above was used, an energy-line-curable protective film forming film (13)-4 having a thickness of 25 μm was produced. .

並且,使用該保護膜形成用膜(13)-4代替保護膜形成用膜(13)-1,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製造保護膜形成用複合片。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表2。 In addition, the protective film forming film (13)-4 was used in place of the protective film forming film (13)-1, and a protective film forming composite sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 2.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

針對上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,利用與實施例1相同的方法進行評價。結果示於表2。 The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film obtained above were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.

[參考例1] [Reference Example 1]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(黏著劑組成物之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,該黏著劑組成物含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(6,6質量份,固形物成分)、及光聚合起始劑(2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)-苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮,BASF公司製造之「Irgacure127」)(3.0質量份,固形物成分),進而含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係 使2EHA(80質量份)及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之預聚物,與異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯(21.4質量份,相對於HEA中的羥基100莫耳%而異氰酸酯基成為80莫耳%之量)進行反應而獲得之重量平均分子量1100000之能量線硬化性丙烯酸系聚合物。 An energy ray-curable adhesive composition having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass, wherein the adhesive composition contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, a solid content) and a trifunctional phthalic diisocyanate A coupling agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (6,6 parts by mass, solid content), and a photopolymerization initiator (2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-) 2-methylpropionyl)-benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one, "Irgacure 127" manufactured by BASF Corporation (3.0 parts by mass, solid content), and further contains a solvent as a solvent Ketoethyl ketone. The aforementioned acrylic polymer system a prepolymer obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass), and 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl isocyanate (21.4 parts by mass, relative to the hydroxyl group in HEA 100) An energy ray-curable acrylic polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 1,100,000 obtained by reacting a molar % and an isocyanate group in an amount of 80 mol %.

(支持片之製造) (Support for the manufacture of tablets)

使用上述所獲得之能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物代替黏著劑組成物(I-4),除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法製作於基材上具備厚度10μm之能量線硬化性之黏著劑層之支持片(90)-1。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the energy ray-curable adhesive composition obtained above was used in place of the adhesive composition (I-4), an energy ray hardening having a thickness of 10 μm was formed on the substrate. Support sheet (90)-1 of the adhesive layer.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

使用上述所獲得之支持片(90)-1代替支持片(10)-1,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法製造保護膜形成用複合片。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表3。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the support sheet (90)-1 obtained above was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 3.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

針對上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,利用與實施例1相同的方法進行評價。結果示於表3。 The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film obtained above were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 3.

[參考例2] [Reference Example 2]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(黏著劑組成物之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,該黏著劑組成物含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、及3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(0.5質量份,固形物成分),進而含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使BA(79質量份)、MA(16質量份)、及HEA(5質量份)進行共聚合而成,且重量平均分子量為600000。 A non-energy-curable adhesive composition having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass, the adhesive composition containing an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, a solid content), and a trifunctional phthalic diisocyanate It is a crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (0.5 mass part, solid content component), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The acrylic polymer was obtained by copolymerizing BA (79 parts by mass), MA (16 parts by mass), and HEA (5 parts by mass), and had a weight average molecular weight of 600,000.

(支持片之製造) (Support for the manufacture of tablets)

使用上述所獲得之黏著劑組成物,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法製作於基材上具備厚度10μm之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層之支持片(90)-2。 A support sheet (90)-2 having a non-energy-curable adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 μm on a substrate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the adhesive composition obtained above was used.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

使用上述所獲得之支持片(90)-2代替支持片(10)-1,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製造保護膜形成用複合片。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表3。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the support sheet (90)-2 obtained above was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 3.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

針對上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用 複合片,利用與實施例1相同的方法進行評價。結果示於表3。 The film for forming a protective film and the protective film formed as described above are used. The composite sheet was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 3.

[比較例1] [Comparative Example 1]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)之製造) (Manufacture of protective film forming composition (IV-1))

如表1所示,將能量線硬化性成分(a2)-1的含量(調配量)設為2質量份代替20質量份,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製備保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)。 As shown in Table 1, a protective film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the content (mixing amount) of the energy ray-curable component (a2)-1 was 2 parts by mass instead of 20 parts by mass. The composition for formation (IV-1).

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheet for forming a protective film)

使用上述所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製作厚度25μm之能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜(93)-1。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) obtained above was used, an energy-curable protective film forming film (93)-1 having a thickness of 25 μm was produced. .

然後,使用該保護膜形成用膜(93)-1代替保護膜形成用膜(13)-1,除此方面以外,利用與實施例1相同的方法,製造保護膜形成用複合片。所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片之構成示於表3。 Then, the film for protective film formation (93)-1 was used instead of the film for forming a protective film (13)-1, and a composite sheet for forming a protective film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above. The composition of the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in Table 3.

<保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Film for Forming Protective Film and Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

針對上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成用複合片,利用與實施例1相同的方法進行評價。結果示於表3。 The film for forming a protective film and the composite sheet for forming a protective film obtained above were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 3.

根據上述結果可明確,於使用實施例1至實施例7之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,保護膜的拉伸彈性率為2×108Pa以上,保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力為55mN/25mm至1400mN/25mm,藉此抑制保護膜中殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效高。另外,實施例1至實施例 7中,保護膜的蕭氏D硬度為56以上。 From the above results, it is clear that in the case of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Examples 1 to 7, the tensile modulus of the protective film is 2 × 10 8 Pa or more, and the adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet is obtained. The force is 55 mN/25 mm to 1400 mN/25 mm, whereby the effect of suppressing the ejector marks caused by the pin remaining in the protective film is high. Further, in Examples 1 to 7, the Shore D hardness of the protective film was 56 or more.

相對於此,於使用參考例1至參考例2之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,保護膜與支持片之間的黏著力為3300mN/25mm至4860mN/25mm,因此抑制保護膜中殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效低。 On the other hand, in the case of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Reference Example 1 to Reference Example 2, the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet is 3300 mN/25 mm to 4860 mN/25 mm, thereby suppressing the residual in the protective film. The effect of the pin on the mark is low.

另外,於使用比較例1之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,保護膜的拉伸彈性率為9×107Pa,因此抑制保護膜中殘存以銷所致使之頂出痕跡之功效低。比較例1中的保護膜相較於參考例1至參考例2中的保護膜而言,蕭氏D硬度低。 Further, in the case of using the composite sheet for forming a protective film of Comparative Example 1, the tensile modulus of the protective film was 9 × 10 7 Pa, and therefore the effect of suppressing the occurrence of the ejector marks by the pin remaining in the protective film was suppressed. The protective film in Comparative Example 1 had a lower Shore D hardness than the protective films in Reference Examples 1 to 2.

(產業可利用性) (industry availability)

本發明可用於製造半導體裝置。 The invention can be used to fabricate semiconductor devices.

1A‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1A‧‧‧Composite film for protective film formation

10‧‧‧支持片 10‧‧‧Support tablets

10a‧‧‧支持片的表面 10a‧‧‧Surface of the support sheet

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材的表面 11a‧‧‧ Surface of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧Adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 12a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer

13‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13‧‧‧film for protective film formation

13a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面(一表面) 13a‧‧‧ Surface (one surface) of film for protective film formation

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Release film

16‧‧‧治具用接著劑層 16‧‧‧Layer layer for fixtures

16a‧‧‧治具用接著劑層的表面 16a‧‧‧ Surface of the adhesive layer for the fixture

Claims (3)

一種保護膜形成用膜,為能量線硬化性;前述保護膜形成用膜被照射能量線而成為保護膜時,前述保護膜的拉伸彈性率為1×108Pa以上。 A film for forming a protective film is energy ray-curable; and when the film for forming a protective film is irradiated with an energy ray to form a protective film, the tensile modulus of the protective film is 1 × 10 8 Pa or more. 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成用膜,其中前述保護膜的蕭氏D硬度為55以上。 The film for forming a protective film according to claim 1, wherein the protective film has a Shore D hardness of 55 or more. 一種保護膜形成用複合片,具備支持片,於前述支持片上具備如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用膜;前述保護膜形成用膜被照射能量線而成為保護膜時,前述保護膜與前述支持片之間的黏著力為50mN/25mm至1500mN/25mm。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet, comprising the film for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the protective film forming film is irradiated with an energy ray to form a protective film, the protection The adhesion between the film and the aforementioned support sheet is from 50 mN/25 mm to 1500 mN/25 mm.
TW106113475A 2016-04-28 2017-04-21 Composite sheet for forming protective film TWI770021B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-092015 2016-04-28
JP2016092015 2016-04-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201741348A true TW201741348A (en) 2017-12-01
TWI770021B TWI770021B (en) 2022-07-11

Family

ID=60160455

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106113475A TWI770021B (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-21 Composite sheet for forming protective film

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6938477B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102332694B1 (en)
CN (1) CN109005667B (en)
TW (1) TWI770021B (en)
WO (1) WO2017188211A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3113345B2 (en) 1991-11-25 2000-11-27 三洋電機株式会社 Hydrogen storage alloy electrode
US7070713B2 (en) * 2003-01-27 2006-07-04 3L & T, Inc Moisture activated single-component ebonite composition
JP4851434B2 (en) * 2007-12-18 2012-01-11 古河電気工業株式会社 Chip protection film
JP2010031183A (en) 2008-07-30 2010-02-12 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Energy ray hardening type chip protecting film
KR102169223B1 (en) * 2012-08-02 2020-10-23 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Film-like adhesive, adhesive sheet for semiconductor junction, and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2014155756A1 (en) * 2013-03-26 2014-10-02 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
CN105074878B (en) * 2013-03-27 2017-08-04 琳得科株式会社 Diaphragm formation composite sheet
JP6389456B2 (en) * 2013-03-28 2018-09-12 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film, chip with protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2017188211A1 (en) 2017-11-02
KR102332694B1 (en) 2021-11-29
CN109005667B (en) 2023-08-18
KR20190003464A (en) 2019-01-09
JP6938477B2 (en) 2021-09-22
CN109005667A (en) 2018-12-14
TWI770021B (en) 2022-07-11
JPWO2017188211A1 (en) 2019-03-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201808606A (en) Complex sheet for forming protective film
TWI719200B (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip
TWI772293B (en) Method for producing semiconductor chip with protective film, and method for producing semiconductor device
TWI803461B (en) Protective film forming film, complex sheet for forming protective film, and use of energy ray-curable film and supporting sheet
TWI782910B (en) Protective film-forming film and complex sheet for forming protective film
JP7071916B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
TWI743361B (en) Resin layer forming film and resin layer forming composite sheet
TW201806767A (en) Protective film forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201728638A (en) Curable resin film and sheet for forming first protective film
TW201936827A (en) Film for forming protective coating, composite sheet for forming protective coating, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip
TWI731964B (en) Complex sheet for forming protective film
TWI796297B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI722170B (en) Film for forming protective film and composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI782911B (en) Film for forming protective film, method of treating the same, and composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI722178B (en) Method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
TWI778960B (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film
TW201741348A (en) Protective film forming film and composite sheet for forming protective film